22015VIC Certificate II in Automotive
Studies (Pre-vocational)
This course has been accredited under Parts 4.4 and 4.6 of the Education
and training Reform Act 2006. It has been entered on the State Register
of Accredited Courses and Recognised Qualifications and the
National Training Information Service.
Accredited for the period: 1 January 2010 to 31 December 2014
Extended until the 31 December 2016
Version History
Version 1 November 2009 – original accredited document
Version 1.1 January 2010 - The change to the advice for selection of electives
within the Course Structure in Section B is for the purpose of clarification.
Version 1.2 July 2010 – Amendment to pre-requisite information for electrical units
in the Course Structure table
Version 1.3 April 2011 – Amendment to pre-requisite information for VBN694 Carry
Out Automotive Machining Skills unit
© State of Victoria (Department of Education and Early Childhood Development) 2009
Copyright of this material is reserved to the Crown in the right of the State of Victoria. This work is
licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs 3.0 Australia licence
(http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/au/). You are free to use, copy and distribute to
anyone in its original form as long as you attribute Department of Education and Early Childhood
Development as the author, and you license any derivative work you make available under the
same licence.
Disclaimer
In compiling the information contained in and accessed through this resource, the Department of
Education and Early Childhood Development (DEECD) has used its best endeavours to ensure
that the information is correct and current at the time of publication but takes no responsibility for
any error, omission or defect therein.
To the extent permitted by law DEECD, its employees, agents and consultants exclude all liability
for any loss or damage (including indirect, special or consequential loss or damage) arising from
the use of, or reliance on the information contained herein, whether caused or not by any negligent
act or omission. If any law prohibits the exclusion of such liability, DEECD limits its liability to the
extent permitted by law, for the resupply of the information.
Third party sites
This resource may contain links to third party websites and resources. DEECD is not responsible
for the condition or content of these sites or resources as they are not under its control.
Third party material linked from this resource is subject to the copyright conditions of the third
party. Users will need to consult the copyright notice of the third party sites for conditions of usage.
Section A: Copyright and course classification information ...................................................................... 1
Section B: Course information ....................................................................................................................... 7
Section C: Units of competency .................................................................................................................. 24
APPENDICES
340
Appendix 1 Employability skills qualification summary
341
Appendix 2 Credit transfer: VBN units to AUR05 Automotive RS&R Training Package units
344
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 1
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 2
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information
1.
Copyright owner of
the course
2.
Address
3.
Type of submission
4.
Copyright
acknowledgement
Copyright of this document is held by the Department of Education and
Early Childhood Development, Victoria.
© State of Victoria
Day to day contact:
Engineering Industries - Automotive Curriculum Maintenance Manager
CMM id 5128
Kangan Batman Institute
Private Bag 299
Somerton VIC 3062
Email: pthornton@kangan.edu.au
Telephone: 03 9425 5671 Facsimile: 03 9425 5798
Department of Education and Early Childhood Development,
Executive Director,
Pathways Participation and Youth,
GPO Box 266
Melbourne 3001
Re-accreditation
This course is being submitted for reaccreditation at Certificate II under
the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF). It replaces 21560VIC
Certificate II in Automotive Technology Studies
Copyright of this material is reserved to the Crown in the right of the
State of Victoria.
© State of Victoria (Department of Education and Early Childhood
Development) 2009
The following endorsed units of competency have been imported into
the course from the following Training Packages, with the permission of
the Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations
(DEEWR), the copyright holder on behalf of the Commonwealth of
Australia. © Commonwealth of Australia
AUR05 Automotive Industry Retail, Service & Repair
 AURC270103A Apply safe work practices
 AURC251356A Read in the workplace
 AURC251677A Use numbers in the workplace
 AURC270789A Communicate effectively in the workplace
 AURT225667A Use and maintain measuring equipment
 AURT270278A Use and maintain workplace tools and
equipment
BSB07 Business Services
 BSBWOR204A Use business technology
The following units
 VBN644 Carry out industry research
 VBN645 Set up and use oxy acetylene equipment
 VBN646 Set up and use welding equipment
 VBN647 Clean a vehicle
 VBN648 Remove and replace engine assembly (conventional)
 VBN649 Remove and replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
 VBN650 Dismantle and assemble engine, two–stroke single
cylinder (petrol)
 VBN651 Dismantle and assemble engine, four–stroke single
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 3
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information











































cylinder (petrol)
VBN652 Dismantle and assemble engine, four–stroke multi
cylinder (petrol)
VBN653 Remove and replace engine cylinder head
VBN654 Remove and replace carburettor
VBN655 Dismantle and assemble carburettor
VBN656 Remove and replace fuel pump
VBN657 Dismantle and assemble fuel pump
VBN658 Remove and replace transmission, manual
(conventional)
VBN659 Dismantle and assemble transmission, manual
(conventional)
VBN660 Remove and replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
VBN661 Dismantle and assemble transmission, manual
(transaxle)
VBN662 Remove and replace clutch assembly
VBN663 Remove and replace suspension, front springs
VBN664 Remove and replace suspension, rear springs
VBN665 Remove and replace brake assemblies
VBN666 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies
VBN667 Remove and replace radiator
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
VBN670 Remove and replace alternator
VBN671 Dismantle and assemble alternator
VBN672 Remove and replace starter motor
VBN673 Dismantle and assemble starter motor
VBN674 Remove and refit batteries
VBN675 Recharge batteries
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
VBN681 Remove and realign body panels
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
VBN685 Apply sealants
VBN686 Maintain and test a spray gun
VBN687 Prepare surface and apply masking materials
VBN688 Prepare surface and prime a repaired body panel
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to a body panel
VBN690 Cut and polish a painted body panel
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
VBN692 Remove and replace steering assembly
VBN693 Carry out body making skill procedures
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
from 21560VIC Certificate II in Automotive Technology are
published by Automotive Training Victoria © Automotive Training
Victoria 2004 and have been imported with the permission of
Automotive Training Victoria (ATV).
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 4
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information
This work is copyright. It may be reproduced in whole or in part for
study or training purposes, subject to the inclusion of an
acknowledgement of the source.
Apart from any use permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, it is not to
be used for commercial use or sale.
The module VBN047 Job seeking is from:
21625VIC Certificate I in Vocational Preparation
published by the Department of Innovation, Industry and Regional
Development, Victoria
© State of Victoria 2005
This work is copyright. It may be reproduced in whole or in part for
study or training purposes, subject to the inclusion of an
acknowledgement of the source.
Apart from any use permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, it is not to
be used for commercial use or sale.
5.
Licensing and
franchise
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivs
3.0 Australia licence (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/bynd/3.0/au/). You are free to use, copy and distribute to anyone in its
original form as long as you attribute the, Department of Education and
Early Childhood Development as the author, and you license any
derivative work you make available under the same licence
Copies of this publication can be downloaded free of charge from the
Training Support Network website:
http://trainingsupport.skills.vic.gov.au
6.
Course accrediting
body
7.
AVETMISS
information
8.
Period of
accreditation
Victorian Registration and Qualifications Authority (VRQA)
Level 6, 35 Spring Street,
Melbourne VIC 3000
Ph: (03) 9637 2806
Website: http://www.vrqa.vic.gov.au
Classification codes for:
ANZSCO [Australian and New Zealand
Standard Classification of Occupations]
321211 Motor Mechanics
ANZSIC code
(Australia and New Zealand Standard
Industrial Classification – industry type)
9410 Automotive Repair and
Maintenance n.e.c
Se
ASCED Code – 4 digit
(Field of Education)
1205 Employment Skills
Programmes
&
National course code
22015VIC
Recommended as 1 January 2010 to 31 December 2014
Extended until the 31 December 2016
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 5
SECTION A: Copyright and course classification information
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section A: Copyright and course
classification information
Page 6
SECTION B: Course information
Section B:
Course information
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 7
SECTION B: Course information
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 8
SECTION B: Course information
1. Nomenclature
Standard 1 for Accredited Courses
Name of the qualification
22015VIC Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational)
1.1 Nominal duration of the
course
400 hours
2.
Standard 1 for Accredited Courses
Vocational or educational
outcomes of the course
The Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational) is a work
ready pre-employment course designed to meet the needs of fulltime or part-time students wishing to pursue a career in the
automotive industry through study pathway options to
apprenticeship or higher education.
3.
Development of the course Standards 1 and 2 for Accredited Courses
3.1 Industry /enterprise/
community needs
Background:
In 2005, the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair (RS&R)
Training Package (AUR05) was endorsed by the National Quality
Training Council (NQTC). However, the AUR05 Training Package
does not allow for a generic Certificate II qualification for access by
students wishing to enter the Automotive industry.
There is no qualification within the AUR05 package or any other
nationally endorsed Training Package for this cohort of students to
enrol in.
In the period 2001 to 2004, Automotive Training Victoria (ATV)
undertook substantial research and consultation with industry and
provider networks to address this gap.
In 2004, the Victorian Qualifications Authority, now Victorian
Registration and Qualifications Authority (VRQA), accredited the
Certificate II in Automotive Technology Studies (21560VIC) with an
accreditation period from 1 July 2004 to 30 June 2009. The
course was established in the first instance because preemployment students (VCE & VCAL) could not undertake
competencies from the AUR05 Training Package, as they require
practice and assessment of on-the-job activities. This was
specifically stated in correspondence from the president of the
VACC (Mr John Byford) in 2000. The following extract is from
Section 2.1, page 5, of the accredited Certificate II in Automotive
Technology Studies (21560VIC):
'In May this year (2000) the VACC Education, Training &
Advisory Group met to consider a number of initiatives and
policy issues that currently impact on the retail motor
industry in Victoria.
Amongst those issues is a continuing concern that
individuals undertaking pre-vocational automotive studies
are able to gain full competency against industry standards
in a totally simulated environment, for example, in a school
setting.
It is the view of the VACC Education, Training & Advisory
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 9
SECTION B: Course information
Group that this situation dilutes the efficacy of the industry
standards and places RTOs and schools in a precarious
situation when deeming students competent in both
common and complex technical applications.
As a counter measure to this situation the VACC supports
development of new pre-vocational technology standards,
as proposed by Automotive Training Victoria.
These standards will articulate into existing standards
contained in the RS&R Training Package with the capacity
for full industry competency to be achieved following
workplace practice and application’.
In 2007, the VACC reaffirmed this position through membership
and contributions to the Steering Committee for this course.
This course (21560VIC) was primarily intended to be a preemployment/ pre-vocational program but in 2005 was modified to
include specified pre-apprenticeship descriptors to accommodate
students who graduated with the correct combination of units and
who obtained an apprenticeship, receiving study credits.
In practice, the use of this course with additional descriptors to
serve as a pre-apprenticeship has proved industrially unworkable.
Consequently the Steering Committee determined to proceed with
the accreditation of the prevocational course only. Accordingly
there are no equivalent Training Package units of competency for
this course, other than those generic units indicated in Section C.
In December 2006, ATV with funding from the Office of Training
and Tertiary Education (OTTE) commissioned a Review of the
Automotive Pre-apprenticeship program.
This report is included with this submission as Appendix 5.
Several recommendations to improve the course were made and
subsequently approved by OTTE for action, including the
following:
"5.Supplementary Recommendation
....The recommendation is premised on the need to clearly
distinguish the pre-apprenticeship from the pre-vocational
pathway in the Certificate II in Automotive Technology
Studies.
(i) Retain the current Certificate II in Automotive
Technology Studies, as a pre-vocational program
(Automotive Pre-Apprenticeship Review: Certificate II in
Automotive Technology Studies 21560VIC, February 2007,
Final Report, page 5 )
This research obtained feedback from:
 13 graduates from 7 providers (including private RTO’s)
 11 employers across 9 enterprises
 33 teachers & managers across 20 RTO’s, private & TAFE
Without exception, the course itself was praised and all advocated
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 10
SECTION B: Course information
the course, including structure and content, remain unaltered for
the pre-employment/pre-vocational cohort.
In 2008, within the secondary sector alone, there were over 2,000
students enrolled across the state, with a 10% increase in that
enrolment figure in 2009. The course is one of the top six VET in
Schools programs in the state of Victoria, and future demand is
expected to increase. As at October 2009 there were 38 RTO’s
with this course on their Scope of Registration. (NTIS website
accessed 6th October 2009)
The intended vocational outcomes for this course are as an
introduction to typical activities and technologies encountered in
the automotive industry.
The skills and knowledge outcomes of this Certificate enable an
individual with this qualification to:
 Demonstrate basic operational knowledge in a moderate range
of automotive technologies
 Apply a defined range of skills appropriate to entry to the
automotive industry.
 Apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable
problems associated with an understanding of basic
automotive technologies
 Perform a range of tasks where choice between a limited
range of options is required
 Assess and record information from varied sources.
 Take limited responsibility for own outputs in work and
learning.
Support for this courses is evidenced by:
 Appendix 2
Minutes of Steering Committee meetings
 Appendix 3
Course Contents Endorsement forms
 Appendix 4
Letters of support
 Appendix 5
Automotive Pre-Apprenticeship Review:
Certificate II in Automotive Technology Studies 21560VIC,
February 2007, Final Report.
Members of the Automotive Pre-apprentice and Pre-employment
Steering Committee were:
Chair
Mr Greg Walsh
Automotive Training Victoria Industry &
Executive Manager, Automotive Industry
Training Board
Industry Representatives
Mr John Howes
Mr Geoff Collins
Mr David Smith
Mr Kevin Redfern
Ms Leyla Yilmaz
UNEEDA Body Works
Industry Employment Consultant
AMWU
VACC 2007-08
VACC 2009
Provider Representatives
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 11
SECTION B: Course information
Ms Lisa Burgess
Ms Jenny Molan
Mr Craig Brittle
Mr Joseph Galea
VCAA
Kangan Batman TAFE
Box Hill TAFE
Sunshine College VCAL co-ordinator
& Yr11 & 12 Technology teacher/
VET-Automotive
The project team comprised:
Mr John Kemp
CMM Automotive; Project Manager 2007
Mr. Bill Rees
CMM Automotive; Project Manager 2008-09
Ms Wendy Jarvis
Curriculum Officer 2007-08
Jan van Leest
Curriculum Officer 2009
Mr Tim Verkerk
Project Officer/Automotive specialty
3.2 Review for re-accreditation Standards 1 and 2 for Accredited Courses
The Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational) replaces
the accredited 21560VIC Certificate II in Automotive Technology
Studies. The accreditation of the latter expires on 30th June 2010.
The copyright holder of this qualification, Automotive Training
Victoria (ATV), established a continuous improvement process to
help ensure that the course (21560VIC) was responsive to
changes to the Vocational Education and Training (VET) system
through government policy initiatives, changing student needs and
industry demand for students’ with work-ready skills.
Over this period (2004 – 2009) changes to the curriculum have
been recommended through consultation with government,
industry and training organisations including:
 Victorian Automobile Chamber of Commerce (VACC)
 Victorian Automotive Forum Inc. (VAF)
 Victorian Curriculum and Assessment Authority (VCAA)
 Australian Metal Workers Union (AMWU)
 Secondary College Reference Committee, established under
the VCAA
 Skills Victoria (previously Office of Training and Tertiary
Education (OTTE))
 Automotive Curriculum Reference Group under the auspices of
the Curriculum Maintenance Manager (CMM) - Automotive.
The existing qualification was the focus of a significant modification
in 2005 in order for it to accommodate pre-apprenticeship. The
major (and only) change was to clearly identify and set out the
requirements for pre-apprentice descriptors for the following:
 Automotive Electrical
 Automotive Mechanics
 Automotive Engine Reconditioning
 Automotive Panel Beating
 Automotive Vehicle Painting
 Combined Automotive Panel Beating & Vehicle Painting.
As mentioned in 3.1 above, use of these pre-apprenticeship
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 12
SECTION B: Course information
descriptors has in practice proved industrially unworkable, and
does not form part of this submission.
The findings of the 2006 review indicated very clearly that the
course was very successful as a pre-employment or pre-vocational
course and required no changes to the structure or the content for
this client group.
Accordingly, this submission seeks to re-accredit 21560VIC with
the addition of one extra unit of competency relating to general
servicing of vehicles, VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle
servicing operations, as a prevocational course only
All coding of units and modules has been retained and hence a
Transition Table is not required.
4.
Course outcomes
4.1 Qualification level
Standards 1, 2 and 3 for Accredited Courses
This Certificate II in Automotive Studies meets the Australian
Qualifications Framework (AQF) criteria in that:
 Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and skills would
prepare a person to perform in a range of varied activities or
knowledge applications. Applications are where there is a
clearly defined range of contexts in which choice of actions
required is usually clear and there is limited complexity in the
range of options to be applied.
 Performance of a prescribed range of functions involving
known routines and procedures and some accountability for
quality outcomes.
 Applications may include some complex or non-routine
activities involving individual responsibility or autonomy and/or
collaboration with others through members of a group or team.
The learning outcomes of this Certificate enables an individual with
this qualification to:
 Demonstrate basic operational knowledge in a moderate range
of automotive technologies
 Apply a defined range of skills appropriate to entry to the
automotive industry.
 Apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable
problems associated with an understanding of basic
automotive technologies
 Perform a range of tasks where choice between a limited
range of options is required
 Assess and record information from varied sources.
 Take limited responsibility for own outputs in work and
learning.
4.2 Employability skills
Standard 4 for Accredited Courses
This course has been mapped to national Employability skills. A
summary of the Employability skills that are reflected in this course
is included as Appendix 1.
4.3 Recognition given to the
Standard 5 for Accredited Courses
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 13
SECTION B: Course information
course (if applicable)
Not applicable
Standard 5 for Accredited Courses
4.4 Licensing/ regulatory
requirements (if
applicable)
5.
Course rules
Not applicable
5.1 Course structure
Standards 2, 6 and 7 for Accredited Courses
Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational)
To be eligible to receive the qualification, participants must successfully complete:
 two mandatory units and,
 Elective units/modules equivalent to a minimum of 340 hours of training effort.
Participants who partially complete the qualification will be issued with Statements of Attainment for any
units successfully completed.
Completion of any units of competency from the Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training
Package (AUR05) will attract a Credit Transfer into any of the listed qualifications from the Training
Package.
Mandatory units/ modules
VBN644
0305
AURC270103A
Elective units
/modules
GENERAL
AURC251356A
VBN047
120503
AURC251677A
AURC270789A
BSBWOR204A
MAINTENANCE
AURT225667A
AURT270278A
VBN645
0305
VBN646
VBN647
VPAU209
0305
0305
0305
Credit
Matrix
Points
Field of
Education
code (6digit)
Credit
Matrix
Level
Unit of
competency/
module code
Nominal
hours
TABLE B1:
COURSE STRUCTURE
22015VIC Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational)
Carry out industry research
Apply safe work practices
Nil
Nil
2
2
4
2
40
20
Read in the workplace
Job seeking
Use numbers in the workplace
Communicate effectively in the
workplace
Use business technology
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
10
30
10
20
Nil
2
3
30
Use and maintain measuring
equipment
Use and maintain workplace tools
and equipment
Set up and use oxy-acetylene
equipment
Set up and use welding equipment
Clean a vehicle
Participate in basic vehicle servicing
operations
Nil
2
2
15
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
2
3
30
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
4
2
4
40
20
40
Unit of competency/
module title
Prerequisite
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 14
Unit of competency/
module title
AUTOMOTIVE MECHANICAL
VBN648
0305
Remove and replace engine assembly
(conventional)
VBN649
0305
Remove and replace engine and
transaxle assembly (FWD)
VBN650
0305
Dismantle and assemble engine, twostroke single cylinder (petrol)
VBN651
0305
Dismantle and assemble engine, fourstroke single cylinder (petrol)
VBN652
0305
Dismantle and assemble engine, fourstroke multi cylinder (petrol)
VBN653
0305
Remove and replace engine cylinder
head
VBN654
0305
Remove and replace carburettor
VBN655
0305
Dismantle and assemble carburettor
VBN656
0305
Remove and replace fuel pump
VBN657
0305
Dismantle and assemble fuel pump
VBN658
0305
Remove and replace transmission,
manual (conventional)
VBN659
0305
Dismantle and assemble
transmission, manual (conventional)
VBN660
0305
Remove and replace transmission,
manual (transaxle)
VBN661
0305
Dismantle and assemble transmission,
manual (transaxle)
VBN662
0305
Remove and replace clutch assembly
VBN663
0305
Remove and replace suspension, front
springs
VBN664
0305
Remove and replace suspension, rear
springs
VBN665
0305
Remove and replace brake
assemblies
VBN666
0305
Remove and replace wheel and tyre
assemblies
VBN667
0305
Remove and replace radiator
VBN692
0305
Remove and replace steering
assembly
AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS
VBN668
0305
Operate electrical test equipment
VBN669
0305
Construct lighting circuits
VBN670
0305
Remove and replace alternator
VBN671
0305
Dismantle and assemble alternator
VBN672
0305
Remove and replace starter motor
VBN673
0305
Dismantle and assemble starter motor
VBN674
0305
Remove and refit batteries
VBN675
0305
Recharge batteries
VBN676
0305
Construct basic electronic circuits
VBN677
0305
Construct microcomputer circuits
VEHICLE BODY (PANEL BEATING)
VBN678
0305
Maintain vehicle body repair/making
hand tools
VBN679
0305
Carry out panel beating hand skill
procedures
VBN680
0305
Carry out visual damage assessment
VBN681
0305
Remove and realign body panels
VBN682
0305
Carry out basic panel repair
VBN683
0305
Set up body alignment equipment
VBN684
0305
Repair a plastic component
VBN685
0305
Apply sealants
Credit
Matrix
Points
Field of
Education
code (6digit)
Credit
Matrix
Level
Unit of
competency/
module code
Nominal
hours
SECTION B: Course information
Nil
2
4
20
Nil
2
4
20
Nil
2
5
40
Nil
2
5
40
Nil
2
5
40
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
10
20
10
20
20
Nil
2
5
40
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
2
5
40
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
3
20
25
Nil
2
3
25
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
2
1
10
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
20
20
Nil
Nil
VBN668
VBN668
VBN668
VBN668
Nil
Nil
VBN668
VBN668
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
40
40
15
40
15
40
15
15
40
40
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
2
4
35
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
1
20
40
40
40
20
10
Prerequisite
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 15
VEHICLE BODY (PAINTING)
VBN686
0305
VBN687
0305
VBN688
Unit of competency/
module title
Maintain and test a spray gun
Prepare surface and apply masking
materials
Prepare surface and prime a repaired
body panel
Apply vehicle paint to a body panel
Cut and polish a painted body panel
0305
VBN689
0305
VBN690
0305
VEHICLE BODY (TRIMMING)
VBN691
0305
Carry out automotive trimming skill
procedures
VEHICLE BODY (BODY MAKING)
VBN678
0305
Maintain vehicle body repair/making
hand tools
VBN693
0305
Carry out body making skill
procedures
VEHICLE ENGINE RECONDITIONING
VBN694
0305
Carry out automotive machining skill
procedures
Credit
Matrix
Points
Field of
Education
code (6digit)
Credit
Matrix
Level
Unit of
competency/
module code
Nominal
hours
SECTION B: Course information
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
20
20
Nil
2
6
50
Nil
Nil
2
2
9
3
90
30
Nil
2
4
40
Nil
2
2
20
Nil
2
4
40
AURT
225667A
2
4
40
Prerequisite
Total nominal hours
TABLE C1:
CREDIT PROFILE for the
22015VIC Certificate II in Automotive Studies
400
(Pre-vocational)
Qualification profile (lowest level then lowest points where there is a choice of electives)
Credit Matrix
Level 8
Level 7
Level 6
Level 5
Level 4
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
Enabling
Total
5.2 Entry requirements
Total Points
No. of
units/modules
40
17
40
17
Standard 9 for Accredited Courses
The Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Pre-vocational) is open to
full-time and part-time students with no implicit limitations to
access and pathways based on age, gender, employment or social
background.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 16
SECTION B: Course information
6.
Assessment
6.1 Assessment strategy
Standard 10 for Accredited Courses
Introduction
These assessments are designed to ensure that assessment is
consistent with the AQTF 2007: Essential standards for
registration, Standard 1.5. Assessments against the units of
competence in the AUR05 Training Package must be carried out in
accordance with the Training Package Assessment Guidelines.
(For the AUR05 Automotive Industry Retail Service & Repair
Training Package ) refer to:
AUR05 Automotive Industry Retail Service & Repair Training
Package Version 2, Volume 1, Assessment Guidelines, pp 657 –
670.
Assessment in the Automotive Industry
The automotive industry considers skills and knowledge
demonstrated in a real workplace environment to be of great
importance. (See Section 3.1, Industry Enterprise, Community
Need). Whilst assessment of the units of competence in the
AUR05 Training Package can be carried out in a simulated work
environment, the industry strongly recommends, wherever
possible, assessment be conducted under partnership
arrangement in the workplace.
Assessment of competence requires the collection of evidence,
which should be conducted over a period of time. This assessment
approach may include demonstration at the workplace and/or a
simulated work environment to ensure that demonstration of
competence is valid and reliable. The individual being assessed
needs to be aware that the collection of evidence is ongoing and
part of planning, conducting and reviewing the assessment
process.
Assessment in the workplace or simulated work environment
Assessment should be conducted progressively, in a fully
operational automotive/marine/outdoor power equipment
workshop or realistic simulated work environment. Competency
must be demonstrated across a range of relevant tasks in a team
environment, while demonstrating effective problem solving skills,
the safe use and application of a wide variety of tools and
equipment and the application of relevant legislation and
workplace practices.
Evidence gathering requires the person being assessed
participating in the practical tasks, not simply observing them being
performed.
It is essential that assessment is conducted using suitable
resources and equipment, under industry-relevant workplace
conditions and should involve a range of activities that reflect real
work experience.
This may involve:
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 17
SECTION B: Course information






productivity to reflect industry expectations
speed and timing for tasks typical for a operational workshop
integration and application of multiple tasks simultaneously
dealing with multiple and varied customers and team members
interruptions to work typical of the workplace
dealing with multiple and varied problems in given timeframes.
Simulated Work Environment
Units of competency from the AUR05 Training Package should
wherever possible be assessed in a work environment. Where this
is not possible assessment may occur in a simulated environment.
A simulated work environment may be required for the following
reasons:
 the workplace may not use the relevant skill, equipment or
process
 conducting assessments may be disruptive or interfere with
work requirements. For example, there may be ethical, privacy
or confidentiality issues to consider
 it may not be appropriate to apply the skills in the workplace
due to potential risks such as OH&S or equipment being
damaged.
In order to be valid and reliable, the simulation must closely
resemble what occurs in a real work environment. The simulated
work environment should involve a range of activities that reflect
real work experience. It is critical that when a simulated work
environment is being set up that the assessor is thoroughly familiar
with the units of competence as well as experienced in the current
circumstances of the work.
In deciding whether a simulation or an assessment environment
has been adequately set up, the following questions should be
considered.
Are there opportunities to:












test the full range of equipment?
use up to date equipment and software?
reflect times and deadlines?
show the complexity of dealing with multiple tasks?
involve prioritizing among competing tasks?
deal with customers, including difficult ones?
work with others in a team?
communicate with diverse groups?
find, discuss and test solutions to problems?
explore health and safety issues?
answer practically oriented, applied knowledge questions?
show the level of written and verbal expression sufficient for the
work requirements.
Assessment methods
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 18
SECTION B: Course information
Assessment is the process of collecting evidence and making
judgement on whether competency has been achieved to the level
specified in the Evidence Guide for each unit.
For most of the skill-based units in these courses, assessment
methods should include







Practical application and demonstration of skills,
and may also include one or more of the following:
Oral presentations/verbal tests
Written assignments or tests
Portfolio development and presentation
Work-based projects
Action research projects
Imported units of competency
Imported units of competency must be assessed according to
advice in the Assessment Guidelines of host Training
Packages or State Accredited Course.
6.2 Assessor competencies
Standard 12 for Accredited Courses
Assessment must be conducted by persons who have:
 the following competencies from the Training and Assessment
Training Package – TAA04, or demonstrated equivalent
competencies:
(i) TAAASS401C
Plan and organise assessment
(ii) TAAASS402C
Assess competence
(iii) TAAASS404B
Participate in assessment validation
and
 relevant vocational competencies, at least to the level being
assessed.
 However, if a person does not meet all the requirements to
conduct assessment, one person with the competencies listed
above and one or more persons who have the relevant
vocational competencies may work together to conduct
assessment.
7.
Delivery
7.1 Delivery modes
Standard 11 for Accredited Courses
Delivery strategies should be selected to reflect the nature of the
units of competency and the needs of the participants.
The selection of delivery mode will be influenced by the:
 learning needs and styles of participants
 nature of the competencies being delivered
 number of participants.
The course allows for a range of delivery modes including part
and/or full time, on and off the job. Units of competency are
designed to provide flexibility of delivery. The use of mixed delivery
modes that are tailored to suit the provider, learner and
environment will maximise the learning opportunities provided.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 19
SECTION B: Course information
Delivery methods that may be useful include:
 lecture style
 chalk and talk
 project based delivery
 computer aided delivery (CD ROM, Internet/web-based)
 video conferencing
 self paced theory booklets
 guest lecturers
 excursions
 site or plant visits
 practical exercises
 research projects
 work groups and team assignments
 surveys and reviews
 on the job training.
An emphasis on safety must be integrated and reinforced at all
times. RTOs must ensure that OH&S elements relevant to the unit
can be demonstrated prior to commencing any units.
It is recommended that where possible and practicable,
participants should be exposed to a real work environment and
learning materials and assessment should simulate workplace
situations where applicable.
RTOs are encouraged to assist candidates with finding a suitable
workplace/s where they can complete a practical placement.
7.2 Resources
Standard 12 for Accredited Courses
This level of qualification covers automotive servicing,
system/component fitting and repairs, panel fitting, forming,
painting and minor repairs (vehicle, marine, outdoor power
equipment).
The following is a guide to the expected level of industry expertise
and resources at this technical qualification level:
Access to the following is essential in the context of selected units
of competency:
Delivery of these courses requires access to a full range of:
 equipment and facility compliant with workshop safety and
environmental industry guidelines and/or government
legislation
 up-to-date general and specialised equipment and hand
and power tools that would be available in a modern
automotive, outdoor power equipment, marine, vehicle
body or vessel repair workshop in the context of the
qualification requirements and selected units of
competency
 a limited range of vehicles, vehicle systems, components,
hardware, materials, products and spare parts that will
support the development and demonstration of the full
range of competencies at a Certificate II level..
The participants should have access to:
 training facilities and equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 20
SECTION B: Course information



hardware, software and/or other appropriate technology
an environment appropriate to the assessment task, that is
either on the job or simulated environment
appropriate equipment, materials and facilities to undertake
the assessment.
Teachers/trainers are advised to refer to the individual
competencies for resource implications essential to the delivery of
the courses to ensure consistency with the guidelines.
Qualifications of Trainers
The requirements for trainer qualifications for those involved in
training delivery are stated in Element 1.4 of Standard 1 of the
AQTF 2007: Essential Standards for Registration.
A trainer must:
 must hold the Certificate IV in Training and Assessment TAA40104 from the Training and Assessment Training
Package (TAA04), or be able to demonstrate equivalent
competencies; or
 be under the direct supervision of a person who holds the
TAA40104 - Certificate IV in Training and Assessment
qualification, or its equivalent; and
 be able to demonstrate vocational competencies, at least to
the level of those being delivered.
Trainers for any of the endorsed units of competency that have
been imported must reflect the requirements for trainers specified
in the relevant Training Package or State accredited course
8.
Pathways and articulation
Standard 8 for accredited courses
Counselling of learners by course providers with respect to study
pathways, RPL/RCC and any associated bridging studies or
workplace involvement that may be required, is central to the
successful implementation and completion of this course and
should be provided at entry to the course.
Participants are encouraged to complete the entire course in
circumstances where the course is approved as the student’s VET
certificate component of the Victorian Certificate of Education or
schools year 11 and/or 12 equivalent.
Students should be counselled in selection of elective units for this
qualification as competency units from the AUR05 Automotive
Industry Retail Service & Repair Training Package will be more
easily undertaken if the suggested pre-requisites are taken as
electives.
Study credits into automotive apprenticeships from the previous
qualification Certificate II in Automotive Technology Studies
(21560VIC) are set out in Appendix 6, and these remain valid as
this course has exactly the same structure and units. However,
providers and students should note that:
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 21
SECTION B: Course information
1. these were (and are) a guide only and each student has to
be assessed individually
2. this course is no longer a pre-apprentice course formally
articulating into an apprenticeship
3. the intent of this submission is to make such credits clear
for students attaining competencies from the AUR05
Automotive industry Retail Service and Repair Training
Package.
Successful completion of this course may assist individuals in
finding employment as an automotive apprentice in the following
industry sectors:
 Automotive mechanical
 Automotive electrical
 Vehicle body panel beating
 Vehicle body spray painting
 Vehicle body trimming
 Vehicle body making
 Vehicle engine reconditioning
Automatic credit transfer will be given for successful completion of
any Training Package units of competency.
9.
Ongoing monitoring and
evaluation
Standard 13 for accredited courses
Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of this course is the
responsibility of the Curriculum Maintenance Manager,
Engineering Industries (Automotive).
This course will be constantly monitored and maintained by an
Industry Advisory Committee with representatives from:
 Industry
 VACC
 ATV
 RTOs delivering the courses.
The following methods will be used to provide data to the Industry
Advisory Committee:
 student surveys
 employer surveys
 trainer/assessor feedback
The CMM – Engineering Industries (Automotive) will meet with the
Industry Advisory Committee at least once in the middle of the
accreditation period and more frequently if necessary, to:
 review the implementation of the course;
 provide advice on changing course requirements;
 monitor and evaluate course standards, delivery and
assessment;
 determine whether the course should be replaced by an
endorsed Training Package qualification or endorsed units of
competency.
Recommendations for any significant changes will be reported
through the Curriculum Maintenance Manager, Engineering
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 22
SECTION B: Course information
Industries (Automotive) to the Victorian Registration and
Qualification Authority (VRQA).
Examples of changes that will be reported to the VRQA include
changes to:
 the course structure, by adding or deleting units from the core
or electives, whether to reflect local industry needs or to reflect
changes to Training Packages and the availability of new or
revised nationally endorses units of competency
 required pre-requisites and/or co-requisites
 the nominal duration of the course and of units
 copyright ownership
 articulation and/or credit transfer arrangements
 legislation such as OHS/ licensing
Course maintenance and review procedures may also indicate that
the course in total should be expired if a suitable national
qualification becomes available through the development or review
of a Training Package.
.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section B: Course information
Page 23
SECTION C: Units of Competency
Section C:
Units of competency
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section C: Units of Competency
Page 24
SECTION C: Units of Competency
The following unit of competency has been developed for the course:

VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
The following units of competency have been imported from the AUR05 Automotive Industry Retail
Service and Repair Training Package:






AURC270103A Apply safe work practices
AURC251356A Read in the workplace
AURC251677A Use numbers in the workplace
AURC270789A Communicate effectively in the workplace
AURT225667A Use and maintain measuring equipment
AURT270278A Use and maintain workplace tools and equipment
The following unit of competency has been imported from the BSB07 Business Services Training
Package:

BSBWOR204A Use business technology
The following module has been imported from 21625VIC Certificate I in Vocational Preparation:

VBN047 Job seeking
The following units of competency have been carried forward from the 21560 VIC Certificate II in
Automotive Technology Studies (Pre-vocational):




























VBN644 Carry out industry research
VBN645 Set up and use oxy acetylene equipment
VBN646 Set up and use welding equipment
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
VBN648 Remove and replace engine assembly (conventional)
VBN649 Remove and replace engine & transaxle assembly (FWD)
VBN650 Dismantle and assemble engine, two–stroke single cylinder (petrol)
VBN651 Dismantle and assemble engine, four–stroke single cylinder (petrol)
VBN652 Dismantle and assemble engine, four–stroke multi cylinder (petrol)
VBN653 Remove and replace engine cylinder head
VBN654 Remove and replace carburettor
VBN655 Dismantle and assemble carburettor
VBN656 Remove and replace fuel pump
VBN657 Dismantle and assemble fuel pump
VBN658 Remove and replace transmission, manual (conventional)
VBN659 Dismantle and assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
VBN660 Remove and replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
VBN661 Dismantle and assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
VBN662 Remove and replace clutch assembly
VBN663 Remove and replace suspension, front springs
VBN664 Remove and replace suspension, rear springs
VBN665 Remove and replace brake assemblies
VBN666 Remove and replace wheel and tyre assemblies
VBN667 Remove and replace radiator
VBN668 Construct lighting circuits
VBN669 Operate electrical test equipment
VBN670 Remove and replace alternator
VBN671 Dismantle and assemble alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section C: Units of Competency
Page 25
SECTION C: Units of Competency























VBN672 Remove and replace starter motor
VBN673 Dismantle and assemble starter motor
VBN674 Remove and refit batteries
VBN675 Recharge batteries
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
VBN681 Remove and realign body panels
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
VBN685 Apply sealants
VBN686 Maintain and test a spray gun
VBN687 Prepare surface and apply masking materials
VBN688 Prepare surface and prime a repaired body panel
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to a body panel
VBN690 Cut and polish a painted body panel
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
VBN692 Remove and replace steering assembly
VBN693 Carry out body making skill procedures
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Section C: Units of Competency
Page 26
Table of Contents
VBN644
Carry out industry research ........................................................................................................ 29
VBN047
Job seeking ................................................................................................................................ 34
VBN645
Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment ...................................................................................... 39
VBN646
Set up & use welding equipment ................................................................................................ 44
VBN647
Clean a vehicle ........................................................................................................................... 49
VPAU209
Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations. ....................................................................... 54
VBN648
Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional) .................................................................. 61
VBN649
Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly (fwd) .............................................................. 67
VBN650
Dismantle & assemble engine, two-stroke single cylinder (petrol) ............................................. 73
VBN651
Dismantle & assemble engine, four-stroke single cylinder (petrol) ............................................ 80
VBN652
Dismantle & assemble engine, four-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol) .............................................. 87
VBN653
Remove & replace engine cylinder head.................................................................................... 95
VBN654
Remove & replace carburettor ................................................................................................. 102
VBN655
Dismantle & assemble carburettor ........................................................................................... 108
VBN656
Remove & replace fuel pump ................................................................................................... 114
VBN657
Dismantle & assemble fuel pump ............................................................................................. 120
VBN658
Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional) ......................................................... 126
VBN659
Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional) ................................................... 133
VBN660
Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle) ............................................................... 140
VBN661
Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle) ........................................................ 146
VBN662
Remove & replace clutch assembly ......................................................................................... 153
VBN663
Remove & replace suspension, front springs ........................................................................... 159
VBN664
Remove & replace suspension, rear springs ........................................................................... 166
VBN665
Remove & replace brake assemblies ....................................................................................... 172
VBN666
Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies ............................................................................ 178
VBN667
Remove & replace radiator ....................................................................................................... 185
VBN692
Remove & replace steering assembly ...................................................................................... 193
VBN668
Operate electrical test equipment ............................................................................................. 199
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 27
VBN669
Construct lighting circuits.......................................................................................................... 204
VBN670
Remove & replace alternator .................................................................................................... 212
VBN671
Dismantle & assemble an alternator ........................................................................................ 218
VBN672
Remove & replace starter motor .............................................................................................. 224
VBN673
Dismantle & assemble starter motor ........................................................................................ 230
VBN674
Remove & refit batteries ........................................................................................................... 236
VBN675
Recharge batteries ................................................................................................................... 242
VBN676
Construct basic electronic circuits ............................................................................................ 248
VBN677
Construct microcomputer circuits ............................................................................................. 255
VBN679
Carry out panel beating hand-skill procedures ......................................................................... 262
VBN680
Carry out visual damage assessment ...................................................................................... 266
VBN681
Remove & realign body panels ................................................................................................ 271
VBN682
Carry out basic panel repair ..................................................................................................... 276
VBN683
Set up body alignment equipment ............................................................................................ 282
VBN684
Repair a plastic component ...................................................................................................... 286
VBN685
Apply sealants .......................................................................................................................... 290
VBN686
Maintain & test a spray gun ...................................................................................................... 295
VBN687
Prepare surface & apply masking materials ............................................................................. 300
VBN688
Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel ...................................................................... 305
VBN689
Apply vehicle paint to body panel ............................................................................................. 312
VBN690
Cut & polish a painted body panel ............................................................................................ 318
VBN691
Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures ....................................................................... 323
VBN678
Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools ...................................................................... 328
VBN693
Carry out body making skill procedures ................................................................................... 334
VBN694
Carry out automotive machining skill procedures .................................................................... 339
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 28
VBN644 Carry out industry research
VBN644 Carry out industry research
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to
prepare students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out research activities into the
culture and structure of an automotive industry sector
workplace.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, and
produce a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation
skills, knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in
the automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the conduct of industry
research activities and in report preparation.
Element
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
1.
Prepare for and plan
the research tasks
Performance Criteria
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used,
further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or
the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the
evidence guide.
1.1
Industry sectors are identified for research such as
vehicle and component manufacturing, truck and earth
moving manufacturing/assembly, automotive retail,
services and repair, automotive aftermarket, outdoor
power equipment, marine and bicycle retail.
1.2
Types of businesses are identified for research including
manufacturing (vehicle and components), retail sales,
repairers (mechanical, electrical and electronic) smash
repairers (panel beating and painting).
1.3
Required reference materials including electronic
information (Internet), business locations, business
information brochures and reports, are determined by
reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Locate and access information required in consultation
with the supervisor.
1.5
Task preparation and planning requirements are
performed safely under supervision.
VBN644 Carry out industry
research
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 29
VBN644 Carry out industry research
2.
3.
Conduct industry
research
Prepare a technical
report
2.1
Type of business, product line and customer profile is
identified.
2.2
Major functional activities such as vehicle or equipment
assembly lines, fabrication, press shop, vehicle service,
vehicle presentation, sales office, tools and equipment
stores and administration are identified.
2.3
Basic supervision/management structure such as line or
operational management, employee supervision, team
leader, trainer is identified.
2.4
Employment conditions such as type of qualifications,
induction training, employee attendance times, shift work
and weekend work requirements are identified.
2.5
Employee clothing requirements such as uniform,
protective clothing, footwear, safety glasses, ear
protection and any requirements in special work areas
such as foundry or paint shop are identified.
2.6
A typical workplace plan is drawn and occupational
health and safety features such as emergency procedures,
fire extinguishers (type and location), first aid facility,
manual handling and hazardous warning signs are
identified.
2.7
Environmental features such as waste material disposal,
emission control, and material recycling are identified.
2.8
Findings and details are recorded for technical report.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method and report format.
3.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.3
Additional research and information gathered from
previous tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.

Information gathering techniques

Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
VBN644 Carry out industry
research
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 30
VBN644 Carry out industry research
Industry research
may include:
Tasks may include:

Access to research material such as Internet, industry
association publications, business reports.

Enterprise visits are recommended which may include
passenger vehicle and component manufacturing, truck and
earth moving manufacturing/assembly, automotive retail,
services and repair, automotive aftermarket, marine, outdoor
power equipment and bicycle retailing.
 Task preparation and planning requirements
 Industry sector enterprise or organisation research activities
 Preparation of a technical report
Unit Context may
include:
 Industry research activities are carried out in accordance with
enterprise or organisation policies and procedures in regard to
workplace health and safety requirements.
 Industry research activities are carried out in accordance with
enterprise or organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment
may include:
 Access to a computer system
Materials may include:
Information gathering materials such as industry publications,
business reports, careers information.
That prescribed under enterprise or organisation policies and
practices with specific reference to protective clothing, safety
glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
Employee clothing
equipment may
include:
Information and
procedures may
include:
 Use of photocopy electronic recording and photographic
equipment subject to copyright laws and permission as
appropriate.
 Automotive enterprise workplace or organisation policies and
procedures relating to structure.
 Task/work instructions including information gathering.
 Enterprise or organisation procedures relating to reporting
and communication
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
-
Type of business, product line and customer profile
-
Major functions/activities
-
Basic operational and employee management and
supervision structure
-
Conditions of employment such as qualifications,
attendance times
-
Employee clothing and protective/safety requirements
-
Industry enterprise or organisation policies and
procedures occupational health and safety and
environmental policies.
-
Workplace layout and signs such as emergency
VBN644 Carry out industry
research
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 31
VBN644 Carry out industry research
procedures, hazardous materials, fire extinguishers
(type and location), manual handling, first aid signs.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment and  Preparing and planning work activity location and
resource availability.
evidence required to demonstrate
competency in this unit
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and access
relevant information.
 Reading, interpreting and applying automotive
industry workplace structures and procedures to
guide task/work.
 Awareness of industry workplace functional activities
 Awareness of conditions of employment
 Awareness of industry enterprise or organisation
occupational, health and safety policies such as
emergency procedures, first aid, hazardous material
identification, fire extinguishers (type and location),
safe handling requirements for equipment, products
and materials and use of personal protective
equipment and clothing
 Awareness of industry enterprise or organisation
environmental procedures and policies including
waste management, emission control and material
recycling.
 Preparation of a technical report
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Preparation of a technical report in accordance with
assessor/teacher requirements and may include
workplace visits for information gathering
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated
within knowledge and task performance assessments.
 Access to a computer system, sound recording,
photocopy and photographic equipment to assist in
VBN644 Carry out industry
research
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 32
VBN644 Carry out industry research
research activities and report preparation.
 Enterprise visits are recommended for learners who
may be engaged in:
-
Method of assessment
Passenger vehicle manufacturing.
Earth moving, truck manufacturing and assembly
Automotive component manufacturing
Automotive vehicle and/or component sales
Automotive repairs (mechanical,
electrical/electronic, smash)
- Outdoor power equipment retail and repairs
- Marine sales, services and repairs
- Bicycle retailing
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation and presentation of a technical
report
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard of presentation and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing
VBN644 Carry out industry
research
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 33
VBN047 Job seeking
VBN047 Job seeking
Module Descriptor
This module aims to provide participants with the skills,
knowledge and attitudes to research and apply for suitable
employment and evaluate their individual performance in the job
seeking process.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
There are no nationally endorsed competencies in this area at
Relationship to
Competency standards present.
Content
The content of this module includes, but is not restricted to:
 establishing employment goals
 identifying the role and usefulness of support networks
 the creation of a personal support network
 the role of key people in assisting goal achievement.
Learning outcomes
Assessment Criteria
1
1.1
Collect information on employment opportunities from a
variety of sources.
1.2
Evaluate the information taking into account:
 the participant’s preferences, skills, aptitudes,
qualifications and experience
 conditions of employment
 future employment opportunities.
1.3
Make enquiries:
 clearly
 concisely
 with appropriate social skills
 at the appropriate time.
Gather and evaluate
information on
employment
opportunities.
Content:
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:
 Skills for sourcing of information

reading printed material

scanning

skimming

writing

analysing an advertisement

evaluating information
VBN047 Job seeking
Page 34
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN047 Job seeking

2
Access the hidden job
market.
using support material.
2.1
Access a range of internet sites identifying job vacancies.
2.2
Analyse personal networks for job opportunities.
2.3
Cold call a range of enterprises using telephone, letter and
personal contacts.
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:
Content:

Internet resources:
- search sites
- enterprise sites

Networks:
- family
- social
- recreational
- educational
3
Prepare and apply for
a job
Content:
3.1
Prepare to apply for an identified position:

choose suitable modes of contact

plan the approach

make timely and appropriate telephone contact using
clear and concise language
3.2
Identify what the job involves and the role of the position in
the organisation/enterprise.
3.3
Gather resume and supporting documentation which:

Uses format, content and presentation appropriate to the
position

Uses conventional language

Uses conventional spelling

Relates the applicant’s strengths to the apparent needs of
the organisation

Expresses interest in the organisation.
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:

Planning skills

Time management

Organisational skills

Managing stress
VBN047 Job seeking
Page 35
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN047 Job seeking

4
Develop a range of
application
documentation
4.1
Prepare a letter of application in response to an advertised
position.
4.2
Prepare a letter of application for cold canvassing.
4.3
Address key selection criteria in a written application.
4.4
Complete application forms accurately.
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:
Content:
5
Undertake a job
interview as an
interviewee
Taking initiative.

Employer requirements

Letter conventions.
5.1
Obtain information on enterprise and position.
5.2
Demonstrate personal presentation appropriate to the
position.
5.3
Anticipate possible questions and suitable answers.
5.4
Demonstrate a range of strategies for different types of
interviews.
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:
Content:

Predicting questions and planning answers

Interview types:
- group/panel
- 1:1
- cattle call.
6
Evaluate personal
performance in the
job application
process
Content:
6.1
Identify strengths and areas of improvement in the
application and interview.
6.2
Propose strategies for improvement.
This learning outcome may include but is not restricted to
the following:

self assessment

giving and receiving feedback.
VBN047 Job seeking
Page 36
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN047 Job seeking
Delivery of the Module
Delivery Strategy
This module provides for delivery in a variety of modes,
including:

self-paced delivery

classroom delivery

simulated workplace delivery

combined delivery with other related modules.
Delivery strategies should be selected to reflect the nature of the
learning outcomes and to meet the needs of the learner. This
module is designed on the assumption that the majority of learners
will achieve the learning outcomes within the time specified. The
length of time may vary depending on factors such as the
knowledge and skills of the learner on entry and whether the
delivery of the module has been integrated.
Integration of learning outcomes for delivery may occur within
modules and between modules. Learning outcomes may be
integrated for the whole module and/or for several modules.
Resource Requirements
Physical Resources:
The learner should have access to:

an environment appropriate to the assessment task

appropriate equipment, materials and facilities to undertake the
assessment

access to a qualified assessor to undertake the assessment.
Human Resources:
Staff involved in the delivery of this module require as a
minimum, competency equivalent to TAA40104 Certificate IV in
Training and Assessment.
In addition, staff should have:

an understanding of the issues facing participants who have
had difficulty in accessing the labour market

skills in educational/vocational counselling

sensitivity to cross cultural issues
The long-term unemployed often face a range of life issues, which
further disadvantage them in seeking work, and maintaining
employment. Access to a range of supporting resources will
enhance the durability of outcomes for participants. Such
resources include:

access to a range of personal support services such as legal aid,
housing assistance, mental and physical health, child care.
VBN047 Job seeking
Page 37
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN047 Job seeking

access to a range of counselling services including personal,
financial, gambling, alcohol

access to an educational/vocational counsellor.
Staff delivering this module should be aware of the location and
referral procedures for the above services.
Teachers/trainers assessing the module are expected to have:

attained assessor competencies TAAASS401A/B Plan and
organise assessment, TAAASS402A/B Assess competence,
TAAASS404A/B Participate in assessment validation; or
equivalent, and

demonstrated the competencies being assessed
Print:

Knowdell L. 1994 Motivated Skills Card Sort, Worklife Pty.
Ltd. : Sydney

Kummerow Jean M, New directions in career planning and the
workplace : practical strategies for career management
professionals, Palo Alto, Calif. : Davies-Black, 2000

Lloyd S.R. & Bertholot T. 1991 Self Empowerment, Crisp
Publications Inc.: California

Samuels, Jack B, Guiding your entry into the hospitality,
recreation, and tourism mega-profession, Upper Saddle River,
N.J. : Prentice Hall, c1999

Stevens P. 1995 Career Action Constraints Manual, Worklife
Pty. Ltd, Sydney

Stevens P. 1995 Career Planner, Worklife Pty. Ltd, Sydney

Stevens, Paul, 1941-My career, my life, myself: fitting the
pieces together: a career planning workbook, Spit Junction,
N.S.W., Centre for Worklife Counselling, 1997.
Videos:
Occupational Health and
Safety Requirements

Sell Yourself: Successful Job Interviewing, The Video
Classroom: Richmond

Succeeding at the interview: hints from the real world,
Bendigo, Vic.: Video, Education Australasia, 2002.
Occupational Health and Safety Policies and procedures must be
followed to ensure own safety and that of others. Specific
reference should be made to:
 ergonomics
 posture
 work station organisation
 rest periods
 preventative exercises
 correct power access.
VBN047 Job seeking
Page 38
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to use oxy-acetylene heating, cutting and
welding equipment on various materials.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
the safe set-up and close down procedures, gases, fluxes, maintain
work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in set-up, use of oxy acetylene
equipment and close down procedures.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
Prepare for and plan
heating, cutting and
welding tasks
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
2
Set up oxy acetylene
equipment
2.1
Teacher/supervisor instructions are used to determine the
task requirements.
Tools and oxy-acetylene equipment are identified and the
availability and access to appropriate work information and
manuals is determined.
Work space is prepared that includes suitable heating,
cutting and welding bay, protective curtains, protective
clothing, tools, fluxes, welding rods.
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
VBN645 Set up & use oxy
acetylene equipment
Page 39
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
3
4
Use oxy acetylene
equipment
Close down oxy
acetylene equipment
2.2
Oxy acetylene equipment and tools appropriate to the tasks
are selected.
2.3
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Oxy acetylene equipment set-up procedures are recorded for
a technical report.
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Tools and materials appropriate to the tasks are selected.
3.3
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Heating, cutting and welding tasks, procedures and materials
are recorded for a technical report.
4.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
4.2
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.5
Oxy acetylene equipment close down procedures are
recorded for technical report.
VBN645 Set up & use oxy
acetylene equipment
Page 40
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
5
6
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
5.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
5.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
6.3
Additional research and information is gathered for a
technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Oxy acetylene equipment components including heating, cutting and welding gun
attachments and jet types, gas regulators, gas bottle types and attachments.
 Protective clothing, heating, cutting and welding goggles, footwear
 Oxy acetylene equipment set-up and close down procedures
 Material heating, cutting and welding techniques and procedures
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Heating, cutting and welding
may include:
May include tasks using oxy acetylene equipment such as:
 Sheet metal cutting
 Brazing
 Fusion welding
 Materials heating such as annealing and heat shrink.
Tasks may include:
 Selection of oxy acetylene equipment, tools and protective
clothing
 Oxy acetylene set-up and close down procedures
 Heating, cutting and welding tasks using a variety of
materials
VBN645 Set up & use oxy
acetylene equipment
Page 41
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Oxy acetylene equipment
 Heating, cutting and welding bay, curtains and fume
extraction
 Special protective clothing and equipment including
safety footwear, apron, arm and leg protection,
goggles/helmet
Materials may include:
Heating. Cutting and welding materials, fluxes, gases
Personal protective equipment
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing (apron, arm and leg protection), safety glasses,
welding goggles/helmet, ear protection and safety footwear.
may include:
Information and procedures
may include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the set-up
and use of oxy acetylene equipment.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Oxy acetylene equipment set-up procedures

Heating, cutting and welding tasks using various metals

Oxy acetylene equipment close down procedures.
VBN645 Set up & use oxy
acetylene equipment
Page 42
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN645 Set up & use oxy acetylene equipment
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Oxy acetylene equipment set-up and close down
procedures.
 Safe and correct use of oxy acetylene equipment to
heat, cut and weld various materials.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Oxy acetylene equipment and attachments for heating,
cutting and welding
 Heating, cutting, welding bay, protective curtains and
fume extraction as identified in the Range Statement
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN645 Set up & use oxy
acetylene equipment
Page 43
© State of Victoria
November 2009
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to use welding equipment on various
materials.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of welding equipment, their uses, fluxes and gases, set-up
procedures, maintain work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in set-up and use of welding equipment.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Teacher/supervisor instructions are used to determine the
task requirements.
1.2
Tools and welding equipment are identified and the
availability and access to appropriate work information
and manuals is determined.
1.3
Work space is prepared that includes suitable welding bay,
access to welding equipment, welding curtains, protective
clothing, welding tools, fluxes, welding rods.
1.4
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
welding tasks
VBN646 Set up & use
welding equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 44
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
2
3
4
5
Set-up welding
equipment
Use welding equipment
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Welding equipment appropriate to the tasks is selected.
2.3
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Welding equipment set-up procedures are recorded for
technical report.
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Welding equipment and materials appropriate to the tasks
are selected.
3.3
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Record welding equipment tasks, procedures and materials
welded for technical report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
4.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
5.3
Additional research and information is gathered from tasks
for a technical report.
VBN646 Set up & use
welding equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 45
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of welding equipment, fluxes and gases
 Welding equipment set-up procedures
 Welding techniques and procedures
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work
environments and situations that may affect performance.
Welding equipment may
include:
May include welding equipment such as:
 Metal arc
 Gas metal arc (MIG)
Tasks may include:
 Selection of welding equipment, tools and protective clothing
 Welding equipment set-up
 Welding tasks
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Welding equipment such as metal arc, gas metal arc
 Welding bay, curtains and fume extraction
 Special welding protective clothing and equipment including
safety footwear,
goggles/helmet
apron,
arm
and
leg
protection,
Materials may include:
Welding materials, fluxes, gases, welding rods.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing (apron, arm and leg protection), safety glasses, welding
goggles/helmet, ear protection and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the set-up and
Information and
VBN646 Set up & use
welding equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 46
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
procedures may include:
use of welding equipment.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures
communication
relating
to
reporting
and
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
Technical report that
includes:
 Welding equipment set-up procedures
 Welding tasks and precautions including use of fluxes, gases
and materials welded.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.


Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Welding equipment set-up.
Safe and correct use of welding equipment to weld
various materials
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated
within knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Welding equipment
 Welding bay, welding curtains and fume extraction
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
VBN646 Set up & use
welding equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 47
VBN646 Set up & use welding equipment
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN646 Set up & use
welding equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 48
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to clean a vehicle.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
the engine bay and vehicle fittings, maintain work area and
prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the cleaning of newly painted
surfaces.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Teacher/supervisor instructions are used to determine the
task requirements.
1.2
Tools and equipment are identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
Workspace is prepared that includes suitable workbench and
cleaning area/bay.
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
vehicle cleaning tasks
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 49
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
2
3
4
Clean vehicle interior
and fittings
Clean vehicle exterior
and fittings
Clean engine bay
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Cleaning materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to
the task are selected.
2.3
Cleaning procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Vehicle interior and fittings are cleaned in accordance with
manufacturer’s specifications.
2.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.7
Vehicle interior/fitting cleaning procedures are recorded for
technical report.
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Cleaning materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to
the task are selected.
3.3
Cleaning procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Vehicle exterior and fittings are cleaned in accordance with
manufacturer’s specifications.
3.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.7
Vehicle exterior/fitting cleaning procedures are recorded or
technical report.
4.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
4.2
Cleaning materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate
to the task are selected.
Cleaning procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Engine bay electrical fittings are protected and bay is
cleaned in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications.
4.3
4.4
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 50
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
4.5
4.6
5
6
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.7
Engine bay cleaning procedures are recorded for technical
report.
5.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
5.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
5.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
5.5
Work area/cleaning bay is cleaned in accordance with
workshop, safety and environmental requirements.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
6.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Vehicle (interior, exterior and fittings) and engine bay cleaning procedures.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle may include:
 Passenger motor vehicle
 Light commercial
 Heavy vehicle
 Motor cycle
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Formula SAE, Go Kart
Tasks may include:
 Cleaning vehicle interior, exterior, fittings and engine bay
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 51
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Vehicle cleaning bay
 Cleaning tools and equipment
 Polishing equipment.
Materials may include:
Vehicle cleaning materials.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
Information and procedures
may include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the correct
procedures for vehicle cleaning.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
Technical report that includes:
 Identification of vehicle construction, interior and exterior
fittings, engine bay and engine electrical components
 Engine bay electrical component protection procedures
 Vehicle cleaning procedures (interior, exterior and engine
bay)
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 52
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate, and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct procedure for the cleaning of vehicle.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle cleaning tools, equipment and materials
appropriate to the task
 Vehicle wash bay
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN647 Clean a vehicle
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 53
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations.
Unit Descriptor
This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to participate in
vehicle servicing operations, including planning and prioritising
tasks, meeting teamwork commitments and completing assigned
tasks and work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The required outcomes described in this unit of competency
contain applicable facets of employability skills. The
Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which this
unit of competency is packaged will assist in identifying
employability skills requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to people participating in vehicle servicing
operations in a training organisation workshop or simulated
workplace.
ELEMENT
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
1
2
Plan and prepare for
service operations
tasks
Undertake assigned
service operations
tasks
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1.1
Nature and scope of task requirements are identified
according to organisational requirements.
1.2
Tasks are planned and prioritised to ensure completion
within identified timeframes.
1.3
Safe work methods, tools and equipment are identified for
specific tasks according to organisational requirements.
1.4
OHS and environmental risks and appropriate preventive
strategies are identified for specific tasks according to
organisational requirements.
1.5
Information is shared with colleagues and teamwork
commitments established to ensure objectives are met.
2.1
Assigned service operations tasks are completed according
to relevant codes of practice, workplace expectations and
OHS requirements.
2.2
Commitments to undertake work or assist colleagues are
fulfilled.
2.3
Observations of worn vehicle components or issues
requiring further exploration are recorded and reported
according to organisational requirements.
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 54
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
3
Complete tasks
3.1
Tools and equipment are cleaned maintained and stored
according to organisational requirements.
3.2
Waste substances are recycled, prepared for re-use or
disposed of according to organisational and environmental
requirements.
3.3
Job cards are processed according to organisational
procedures.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
Required knowledge:
 Safe work methods for service operations
 Safe operating procedures for relevant tools and equipment
 Relevant legislation and codes of practice
 Organisational policies and procedures, including:



OHS policies and procedures
emergency procedures
EEO, equity and diversity principles
 Communication channels
 Scope and limitations of task responsibilities
Required skills:
 Safe and dextrous use of tools and equipment
 Accept responsibility for quality of own work
 Maintain safety of self and others
 Contribute to a productive workshop environment
 Interpret work schedules
 Clarify and confirm tasks and procedures
 Communication skills to seek clarification of tasks and to interpret and follow organisational
procedures
 Problem solving skills to constructively achieve planned outcomes
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 55
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Organisational
requirements may include:
 Dress and presentation standards
 Interpersonal communication standards
 Anti-discrimination and anti-workplace harassment policies
and procedures
 OHS requirements including the use of appropriate personal
protective equipment
 Environmental protection standards
 Quality standards
Safe work methods may be
found in:
 Workshop manuals
 Organisational policies and procedures
 Worksafe/industry codes of practice
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Hand & power tools
 Lifting devices
 Materials handling equipment (oil drums, etc.)
OHS risks may include:
 Handling of materials and equipment
 Manual and mechanical lifting
 Machinery movement
 Spill hazards
 Trip hazards
 Soft tissue injuries
 Crush injury hazards
Environmental risks may
include:
 Spill hazards
 Disposal of oils, lubricants, cleaning materials and other fluids
 Maladjustment of vehicle emission control systems
Preventive strategies may
include:
 Spill prevention
Service operations tasks
may include:
 servicing the engine:
 Hazard risk assessments



checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other
damage
changing the engine oil
changing the oil filter
 servicing the drive belt:


checking for cracks, fraying, oil soaking or shiny surface
(caused by slippage)
adjusting the belt.
 servicing the cooling system:
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 56
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations








checking for leaks, signs of corrosion, damaged or
cracked hoses, worn or loose fittings
changing the coolant.
servicing transmission and final drive systems:
checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other
damage
changing the manual transmission or automatic
transmission fluid
changing the differential or transaxle fluid
topping up the clutch master cylinder fluid
topping up the power steering reservoir fluid
 servicing the tyres and suspension and steering system:



checking for leaks, splits in rubber boots, worn or loose
fittings, tyre wear
adjusting air pressure
lubricating – when appropriate (heavy vehicles).
 servicing the fuel system:



checking for leaks, worn or loose fittings, cracks or other
damage
replacing fuel filters
replacing air filters.
 servicing the electrical system:





checking the lighting system
checking and topping up the battery.
servicing the brakes
checking for leaks, wear, excessive heat damage, cracks
or other damage
topping up the master cylinder fluid
 other tasks, including checking:







Information about the
industry may include:




Terms and conditions may
include:
windscreen wipers
windscreen washers (fluid level)
heater
body panels
exhaust system
mirrors
condition of foot pedal rubbers.
Industry working conditions including OHS hazards
Legislation that affects the industry
Work ethic required in the industry and the expectations
of staff
Quality assurance
 Workplace agreements
 Relevant union bodies
 Relevant awards
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 57
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
 Employment contract/terms and conditions of own employment
 Workplace requirements and etiquette
Industry development may
include:
Legislative and procedural
requirements may include:
Implications of technology
 Relevant Commonwealth/State/Territory legislation and
regulations which affect own activity and operations within the
enterprise, including OHS, environmental issues, equal
employment opportunity, industrial relations, antidiscrimination and diversity.
 Relevant industry codes of practice.
 Privacy/confidentiality requirements.
Organisational values may
include:
 OHS policies, procedures and programs
Specialist advice may
include:
 Supervisor/colleague
 Quality and continuous improvement processes and standards.
 Technical experts
 OHS representatives
Regulatory and industry
standards, codes of ethics,
practice and/or conduct
may include:
 Rules of conduct/ethical practice
 Industry standards
 OHS
 Maintaining confidentiality
 Use of organisational property
 Duty of care
 Individual behaviour
 Non-discriminatory practices
Factors may include:
 Own competency level
 Limits described in job specifications and/or organisational
policy and procedures
 Unforeseen incidents
 Workplace hazards, risks and controls
 Environmental factors
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 58
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
Overview of Assessment
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
This unit could be assessed by observation of practical
demonstration of participation in service operations in a
training organisation workshop or simulated workplace
environment.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit will
be able to perform the outcomes described in the
Elements to the required level detailed in the Performance
Criteria. The requirements described in the Required
Knowledge and Skills section must also be demonstrated.
In particular the candidate should demonstrate the ability
to:
 accurately interpret and comply with organisational
policies, procedures, awards, standards and
legislation relevant to task responsibilities and
confirm own understanding and application with
relevant people
 accurately interpret and comply with ethical practices
and rules of conduct and confirm own understanding
and application with relevant people
 accurately interpret and verify task responsibilities in
the workplace
 conduct assigned service operations tasks according
to organisational requirements, including a minimum
of:
 completion of required documentation
 working with a minimum of supervision
 completion within appropriate timing
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Competency is demonstrated by performance of all stated
criteria, with particular attention to the critical aspects of
evidence and the knowledge and skills elaborated in the
Evidence Guide, within the scope of the Range
Statements.
Assessment of performance requirements in this unit must
be undertaken in a suitably equipped training organisation
workshop or a suitably equipped simulated workplace
environment.
Assessment should reinforce the integration of the
employability skills/key competencies for the particular
AQF level.
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 59
VPAU209 Participate in basic vehicle servicing operations
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must include:
 Formally signed documentation of assessment in the
form of evidence guides/training record books.
Assessment methods may include:
 Observation of the learner performing a range of
tasks over sufficient time to demonstrate handling of a
range of contingencies. For example the observation
of the participant maintaining a professional
approach to their tasks.
 Completion of learning materials and assessment
activities including personal reflection and feedback
from trainer or supervisor. For example the
completion of exercises and routines and the
preparation of a journal reflecting on the
contributions made to a productive work environment.
Guidance information for
assessment
(Optional)
Evidence should be collected over a set period of time
that is sufficient to illustrate the development of an
approach to working as part of a team in a range of
contexts.
VPAU209 Participate in basic
vehicle servicing operations
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 60
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace an engine from a
conventional rear wheel drive motor vehicle.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
manufacturer procedures and precautions, maintain work area,
tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
Employability skills
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the engine and transaxle, task completion
inspection and technical report preparation.
Unit Descriptor
ELEMENT
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe work location, is identified within a
workshop that includes work space, tools, engine
attachment, lift equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Determine the availability of information required in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
1.6
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 61
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove engine
assembly
Replace engine
assembly
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information, special tools and
equipment information is obtained from the relevant vehicle
manufacturer’s service and repair manuals and/or task
instruction workbooks.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.6
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified
are applied.
4.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.3
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 62
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
4.4
4.5
4.6
5
6
Carry out
replacement
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
5.1
Engine components/sub assemblies are inspected for correct
location including electrical connections, fuel line and
cooling system components.
5.2
5.3
Engine component/sub assemblies are inspected for
attachment security and locking devices.
Engine fluid level is checked and topped up with the
appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer's
procedures.
5.4
Clutch is tested for correct operation.
5.5
Supervisor to confirm the inspection procedure and outcome.
5.6
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
6.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
6.2
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
Prepare a technical
report
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
7.3
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 63
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of engines including combinations of four and two stroke, single and multi cylinder
configuration and petrol and diesel classification.
 Engine lubrication requirements/properties and types of fluid appropriate.
 Engine assembly removal and replacement method, precaution and procedures.
 Task completion inspection procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Engine may include:
 A rear wheel drive motor vehicle with engine assembly
including all operational fitting attachments.
 The motor vehicle may be passenger or light commercial.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct and safe engine assembly removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Performing an end of task inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and engine removal lifting machine and
may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubricating fluid.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 64
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operation.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 End of task inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Lubrication types and requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Replacement inspection procedure and outcome
 Type and requirements of lubricant recommended and engine
lubricant capacity.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of an engine assembly.
 End of task inspection.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 65
VBN648 Remove & replace engine assembly (conventional)
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessments to
be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate passenger or light commercial vehicle
with rear wheel drive incorporating an operable engine
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Engine assembly lifting machine and attachments
 Resource text such as vehicle manufacturer’s
operation and maintenance manuals and specifications
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN648 Remove & replace
engine assembly (conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 66
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly (fwd)
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace an engine and
transaxle assembly from a front wheel drive motor vehicle.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
manufacturer procedures and precautions, maintain work area,
tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
Employability skills
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the engine and transaxle, task completion
inspection and technical report preparation.
Unit Descriptor
ELEMENT
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
A suitable safe workshop is located that includes suitable
work space, availability of tools and engine attachment
and lift equipment and workbench
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing the task requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 67
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove engine and
transaxle assembly
Replace engine and
transaxle
2.1
2.2
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer's service and repair manuals
and/or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Removal and replacement procedures, special tools and
equipment requirements are identified from vehicle
manufacturer manuals.
2.4
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.5
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
4.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 68
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
5
6
7
Carry out
replacement
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
4.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
5.1
Inspect engine and transaxle components/sub assemblies
for correct location including electrical connections, fuel
line, cooling system components and drive shafts.
5.2
Engine and transaxle component/sub assemblies are
inspected for attachment security and locking devices.
5.3
Check engine/transaxle fluid level and top up with the
appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer's
procedures.
5.4
Clutch is tested for correct operation.
5.5
Supervisor is to confirm the inspection procedure and
outcome.
5.6
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
6.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
6.2
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and stored in accordance
with workshop procedures.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 69
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit .
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of engines including combinations of four and two stroke, single and multi cylinder
configuration and petrol and diesel classification.
 Advantages/disadvantages of front wheel drive vehicles in comparison to rear wheel drive
vehicles.
 Engine/transaxle lubrication requirements and types of fluid appropriate.
 Engine and transaxle assembly removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Task completion inspection procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Engine & transaxle may
include:
 A front wheel drive motor vehicle with engine and transaxle
assembly including all operational fitting attachments.

Tasks may include:
The motor vehicle may be passenger or light commercial.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct and safe engine and transaxle assembly removal and
replacement procedures in accordance with the appropriate
vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Performing an end of task inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 70
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and engine removal lift machine and may
include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubricating fluid and cleaning solvents.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operation.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 End of task inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Lubrication types and requirements.
Technical report that
includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Special tool/equipment requirements.
 Replacement inspection and outcome.
 Types and requirements of lubricants recommended and
engine/transaxle lubricant capacity.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal of an engine and transaxle assembly.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 71
VBN649 Remove & replace engine & transaxle assembly
(FWD)
 Replacement of an engine and transaxle assembly.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to
be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 an appropriate passenger or light commercial vehicle
with front wheel drive incorporating engine and
transaxle assembly
 tools and special equipment as required
 engine and transaxle assembly lifting machine
 resource text
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN649 Remove & replace engine
& transaxle assembly (FWD)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 72
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
VBN650
Dismantle & assemble engine, two-stroke
single cylinder (petrol)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle a two-stroke single cylinder
petrol engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
describe engine operating principles, identify lubricating and
cooling systems and components, identify major components and
function, perform engine measurements and calculations, maintain
work area, tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the dismantling and re-assembly of
engines, component inspection, measurement and calculations and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Engine is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment, workbench and engine
stand.
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements.
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
1.3
1.4
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 73
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
2
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the supervision.
Dismantle a two-stroke 2.1
single cylinder petrol
engine and clean
components
2.2
4
Inspect engine cooling
system and
components and
identify type
Inspect engine
bearings and identify
types and loads
carried
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
2.6
3
Dismantling and cleaning instructions are used to determine
task requirements including material, method, precautions
and order of disassembly.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and application.
3.2
Cooling system function, type, components and operation
resource information is read, interpreted and applied.
3.3
System type and components are recorded for technical
report.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements.
4.2
Bearing type, associated loads and application resource
information is obtained, read and interpreted
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
4.5
Bearing type and loads for are recorded technical report.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 74
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
5
6
7
Inspect seals and
gaskets and identify
type
Perform engine
measurements and
calculations (piston to
bore clearance, piston
displacement,
compression ratio and
engine capacity)
Re-assemble engine
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements.
5.2
Seal and gasket type and application resource information is
obtained, read and interpreted.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Seal and gasket types are recorded for technical report.
5.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, measuring instruments, equipment and
application.
6.2
Task methods and measuring instrument use and application
resource information is read, interpreted and applied.
6.3
Tools, equipment and measuring instruments appropriate to
the task are selected and correctly used.
6.4
Measurements and calculations are recorded for technical
report.
6.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
7.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected
and correctly used.
7.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.4
Engine components are lubricated during assembly
according to operational requirements.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
7.5
7.6
7.7
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 75
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
8
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
8.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
8.2
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.3
8.4
8.5
9
Prepare a technical
report
9.1
9.2
9.3
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Engine principles of operation.
 Types of engines including combinations of four and two stroke, single and multi cylinder
configuration and petrol and diesel classification.
 Construction, major component function and operating principles of two-stroke single
cylinder engine.
 Component lubricating methods.
 Engine cooling principles and function.
 Types and application of seals, sealants, gaskets and bearings.
 Measuring instruments, use and application for tasks required.
 Measurement and calculation methods for piston clearance, swept volume, clearance
volume, compression ratio and engine capacity.
 Engine torque tightening requirements and application
 Workshop safety policies and procedures
 Work area clean-up and maintenance requirements
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 76
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
Engines may include:
Tasks may include:
 Two-stroke single cylinder petrol engine with air/direct
cooling.

Engines to be operational assemblies and include fuel,
exhaust, cooling and ignition systems.

Engines may employ a port or read valve flow control
system.

Small air-cooled engines of various applications including
motor cycles, motor mowers, brush cutters and stationary
engines and construct vehicle such as Go-Kart.
 Correct engine dismantling and re-assembly procedures in
accordance with the appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual.
 Performing inspections and identifying types of cooling
systems, bearings, seals and gaskets.
 Performing a visual inspection of major components and
identifying material type.
 Developing an understanding of engine operating principles
and major component function.
 Developing an understanding of engine cooling system types,
requirements and components.
 Performing engine measurements and calculations.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area and tools and
equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report on the engine operating
principles and its cooling system, functions of major
components and measurements and calculations.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive tools, relevant measurement instruments, torque
wrench and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubricating and cleaning fluids, adhesives and gaskets.
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 77
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
Personal protective
equipment may include:
Information and
procedures may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the use of
tools, equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
Technical report that
includes:
 principles of two -stroke engine operation
 cooling system components and function
 engine lubricating method
 types of seals and gaskets used
 types of bearings used and loads carried
 major components and their function
 measurements and calculation outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identify appropriate vehicle/equipment resource
information and manufacturer’s specifications.
 Read, interpret and apply vehicle maintenance
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Dismantle two-stroke single cylinder petrol engine and
clean components.
 Identify the internal component lubricating method.
 Inspect the engines cooling system and identify type
and components.
 Inspect and identify major components and their
function.
 Perform engine measurements and calculations.
 Reassemble the two-stroke single cylinder petrol
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 78
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
engine.
 Maintain the work area, tools and equipment used.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Two-stroke single cylinder petrol engine and
component assemblies
 Tools and measuring instruments
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text such as vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual and manufacturing specifications
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN650 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 2- stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 79
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
VBN651
Dismantle & assemble engine, four-stroke
single cylinder (petrol)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle a four-stroke single cylinder
petrol engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, describe
engine operating principles, identify lubricating and cooling
systems, identify major components and their function, perform
engine measurements and calculations, maintain work area, tools
and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedures, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the dismantling and re-assembly of
engines, component inspection, measurement and calculations and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Engine is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment, workbench and engine
stand.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 80
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
2
3
4
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the supervision.
2.1
Dismantling and cleaning instructions are used to determine
task requirements including material, method, precautions
and order of disassembly.
2.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Inspect engine
lubricating system and
components and
3.2
identify type
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and application.
Dismantle a fourstroke single cylinder
petrol engine and
clean components
Inspect engine cooling
system and
components and
identify type
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
Lubricating system function, type, components and
operation resource information is read, interpreted and
applied.
3.3
Pump and filter type is recorded for technical report.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and application.
4.2
Cooling system function, type, components and operation
resource information is read, interpreted and applied.
4.3
System type and components f is recorded or technical
report.
4.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 81
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
5
6
7
Inspect engine
bearings and identify
types and loads
carried
Inspect seals and
gaskets and identify
type
Perform engine
measurements and
calculations (piston to
bore clearance and
connecting rod
bearing clearance,
piston displacement,
compression ratio and
engine capacity)
4.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements.
5.2
Bearing type, associated loads and application resource
information is obtained, read and interpreted.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Bearing type and loads is recorded for technical report.
5.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements.
6.2
Seal and gasket type and application resource information is
obtained, read and interpreted.
6.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.4
Seal and gasket types are recorded for technical report.
6.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, measuring instruments, equipment and
application
7.2
Tools, equipment and measuring instruments appropriate for
the tasks are selected and correctly used.
7.3
Task method and measuring instrument’s use and
application resource information is read, interpreted and
applied.
7.4
Tools, equipment and measuring instruments are used
correctly.
Measurements and calculation are recorded for the technical
report.
7.5
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
7.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
7.7
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 82
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
8
9
Re-assemble engine
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
10 Prepare a technical
report
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
8.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
8.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.4
Engine components are lubricated during assembly
according to operational requirements.
8.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
8.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
8.7
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
9.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
9.2
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
9.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
9.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
9.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
10.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
10.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
10.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 83
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of engines including combinations of four and two stroke, single and multi cylinder
configuration and petrol and diesel classification.
 Construction, major component function and operating principles of four stroke single
cylinder engine.
 Component lubricating principles and function, system and component types.
 Engine cooling principles and function, system and component types.
 Types and application of seals, gaskets and bearings.
 Measurement and calculation methods for piston to bore and connecting rod bearing
clearance, swept volume, clearance volume, compression ratio and engine capacity.
 Torque and tightening requirements, methods equipment and specifications.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Engines may include:
Tasks may include:
 Four-stroke single cylinder petrol engine with air/direct
cooling.

Engines are to be complete assemblies including carburettor,
manifolds, ignition system and flywheel.

Engines may be overhead valve with push rods or overhead
cam.
 Correct engine dismantling and re-assembly procedures in
accordance with the correct vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual.
 Performing inspections and identifying types of lubricating and
cooling systems, bearings, seals and gaskets.
 Inspect and identify major components and function
 Developing an understanding of engine operating principles.
 Developing an understanding of engine lubricating and cooling
system types, requirements and components.
 Performing engine measurements and calculations.
 Clean up tasks include work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report on the engine operating
principles, functions of major components, lubricating and
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 84
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
cooling systems, bearing types and loads carried, seal and
gasket types used and measurement and calculation outcomes.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive tools, relevant measurement instruments, torque
wrench and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubricating and cleaning fluids, adhesives and gaskets.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the use of tools,
equipment and workshop maintenance.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
Technical report that
includes:
 principles of engine operation
 major components and functions
 lubrication system pump and filter type
 cooling system type and component
 bearing type and loads carried
 seal and gasket types
 measurement and calculation outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products
and materials, including use of personal protective
equipment.
 Identify appropriate vehicle/equipment resource
information and manufacturer’s specifications.
 Read, interpret and apply vehicle maintenance
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 85
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble engine, 4 stroke single cylinder (petrol)
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Dismantle four-stroke single cylinder petrol engine and
clean components.
 Inspect the engine's lubricating system, identify pump and
filter type.
 Inspect the engines cooling system, identify type and
components.
 Inspect and identify major components.
 Perform engine measurements and calculations.
 Reassemble a four-stroke single cylinder petrol engine.
 Maintain the work area, tools and equipment used.
 Prepare technical report
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a suitably
equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Task and generic underpinning skills (including national
key competencies) assessment to be integrated.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Four-stroke single cylinder petrol engine and component
assemblies
 Tools and measuring instruments
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN651 Dismantle & assemble
engine, 4 stroke single cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 86
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
VBN652
Dismantle & assemble engine, four-stroke
multi-cylinder (petrol)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle a four-stroke multi cylinder
petrol engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
components and function, perform engine measurements and
calculations, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare
a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedures, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the dismantling and re-assembly of
engines, component inspection, measurement and calculations and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Engine is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment, workbench and engine
stand.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 87
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 88
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
1.5
1.6
2
Dismantle a four-stroke 2.1
multi cylinder petrol
engine and clean
components
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3
3.1
Inspect engine
lubricating system and
components and
3.2
identify type
3.3
3.4
3.5
4
Inspect engine cooling
system and
components and
identify type
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Dismantling and cleaning instructions are used to determine
task requirements including material, method, precautions
and order of disassembly.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected
and correctly used.
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and application.
Lubricating system function, type, components and
operation resource information is read, interpreted and
applied.
Pump and filter type are recorded for technical report.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
Cooling system function, type components resource
information is read, interpreted and applied.
System type and component identification are recorded for
technical report.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 89
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
5
6
7
Inspect engine
bearings and identify
types and loads
carried
Inspect seals and
gaskets and identify
type
Perform engine
measurements and
calculations (piston to
bore clearances, main
and connecting rod
bearing clearance,
piston displacement,
compression ratio and
engine capacity)
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, measuring instruments, equipment and
application.
5.2
Bearing type, associated loads and application resource
information is obtained, read, interpreted and applied.
5.3
Bearing type and loads are recorded for technical report.
5.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
6.2
Seal and gasket type and application resource information is
obtained, read, interpreted and applied.
6.3
Seal and gasket types are recorded for technical report.
6.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, measuring instruments, equipment and
application.
7.2
Tools and equipment and measuring instruments
appropriate for the tasks are selected and correctly used.
7.3
Task method and measuring instruments use and application
resource information is read, interpreted and applied.
7.4
Measurements and calculation f are recorded or the technical
report.
7.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
7.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 90
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
8
Re-assemble engine
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
8.2
Tools and equipment and measuring instruments
appropriate for the tasks are selected and correctly used.
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
9
Clean up work area and
maintain equipment
10 Prepare a technical
report
8.4
Engine components are lubricated during assembly
according to operational requirements.
8.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
8.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
8.7
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
9.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
9.2
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
9.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
9.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
9.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
10.1 Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
10.2 Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
10.3 Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Engines principles of operation.
 Types of engines including combinations of four and two stroke, single and multi cylinder
configuration and petrol and diesel classification.
 Construction, major component function and operating principles of four-stroke multi
cylinder engine.
 Lubricating principles and function, system and component types.
 Component lubricating principles and function, system and component types
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 91
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
 Engine cooling principles and function, system and component types
 Types and application of seals, gaskets and bearings.
 Measurement and calculation methods for piston and bearing clearance, swept volume,
clearance volume, compression ratio and engine capacity.
 Torque and tightening requirements, methods equipment and specifications.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Engines may include:
Tasks may include:
 Four-stroke multi cylinder petrol engines may include 2, 4, 6 or
8 cylinder configurations.

Engines to be operational assemblies including carburettor,
manifolds, ignition system and flywheel.

Engines to be overhead valve with push rods or overhead cam.
 Correct engine dismantling and re-assembly procedures in
accordance with the correct vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual.
 Performing a visual inspection of major components.
 Developing an understanding of engine operating principles and
major component function.
 Developing an understanding of engine lubricating system
requirements and components.
 Performing engine measurements and calculations.
 Clean up tasks include work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report on the engine operating
principles, its lubricating and cooling systems, functions of
major components and measurements and calculations.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 92
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive tools, relevant measurement instruments, torque
wrench and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubricating and cleaning fluids, adhesives and gaskets.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures
may include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the use of tools,
equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Technical report that
includes:
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
 Principles of four-stroke engine operation
 major components and functions
 lubrication system pump and filter types and function
 type of cooling system and component function
 types of bearings used and loads carried
 types of seals and gaskets used
 Engine measurement and calculation outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identify appropriate vehicle/equipment resource
information and manufacturer’s specifications.
 Read, interpret and apply vehicle maintenance
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Dismantle four-stroke multi cylinder petrol engine and
clean components.
 Inspect the engine's lubricating system, identify pump and
filter type.
 Inspect the engine’s cooling system and identify type and
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 93
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder (petrol)
components.
 Inspect and identify major components and their function.
 Perform engine measurements and calculations.
 Reassemble a four-stroke multi cylinder petrol engine.
 Maintain the work area, tools and equipment used.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Task and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Four-stroke multi-cylinder petrol engine and component
assemblies
 Tools and measuring instruments
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text such as vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual and manufacturing specifications
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN652 Dismantle & assemble
engine 4-stroke multi-cylinder
(petrol)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 94
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a cylinder head
from a multi cylinder engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
manufacturer procedures and precautions, clean parts and inspect
components, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare
a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit
This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the engine cylinder head, task completion
inspection and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
identified that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and cylinder head attachment and lift equipment and
workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 95
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
2
3
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove engine
cylinder head
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information, special tools and
equipment information is obtained from the relevant
vehicle/engine manufacturer’s service and repair manuals
and/or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.5
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
3.4
3.5
3.6
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 96
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
4
Clean parts and
inspect components
4.1
All parts are cleaned using the appropriate solvent and
procedure.
4.2
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Relevant cleaning tools and equipment is selected and used
appropriately.
Assembly components are inspected, identified and
compared to manufacturer’s information.
Inspection outcomes are recorded for technical report.
4.3
4.4
4.5
5
Replace engine
cylinder head
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified
are applied.
5.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
Cylinder head tightening torque and sequencing
requirements are identified and applied.
Adjustments (such as valve clearances, valve and ignition
timing) are performed according to the manufacturer’s
information and specifications.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
6
Carry out task
completion inspection
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
7.1
7.2
Engine/cylinder head components/sub assemblies are
inspected for correct location including electrical
connections, fuel line and cooling system components in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
Cylinder head component/sub assemblies are inspected for
attachment security and cooling system connections for fluid
leaks.
Engine fluid level is checked and topped up with the
appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer's
procedures.
Supervisor confirms the inspection procedure and outcome.
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 97
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
7.3
7.4
7.5
8
Prepare a technical
report
accordance with workshop requirements.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
8.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe work practices, policies and procedures.
 Lift equipment and attachment application and procedures
 Engine coolants, requirements and application.
 Cleaning solvent types relevant to application, storage and handling.
 Types of sealant and gasket materials and their application.
 Cylinder head construction and principles of operation.
 Cylinder head removal and replacement method and precautions
 Adjustment requirements and procedures including valve clearances, valve and ignition
timing.
 Torque requirements, definition, methods and sequencing.
 Task completion inspection procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Engine assembly refers to:
 A multi cylinder engine assembly including all operational
fitting attachments.
 Engine may be in a motor vehicle or mounted in a stand.
 Engine may be mounted conventionally or east west.
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 98
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct and safe cylinder head removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Parts cleaning and component inspection operations.
 Performing an end of task inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and cylinder head lift equipment and
attachments and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Sealant, gasket materials and coolant and may include lubricating
fluid.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operation.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
including procedures, precautions, adjustments and
specifications.
 Part cleaning and component inspection procedures, tools
and equipment.
 Tightening torque requirements and sequence.
 End of task inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Coolant types and requirements.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling.
 Sealant and gasket material types and application.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 99
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
Technical report that
includes:
 removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 special tool/equipment requirements
 assembly component identification
 Inspection and adjustment outcomes
 Type of coolant recommended.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of engine cylinder head.
 Part cleaning and component inspection operation.
 Associated adjustment (such as valve clearances,
valve and ignition timing).
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 100
VBN653 Remove & replace engine cylinder head
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate vehicle with engine assembly or stand
mounted operable engine
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Cylinder head lifting equipment and attachments
 Resource text such as vehicle manufacturer’s operation
and maintenance manuals and specifications
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.

Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN653 Remove & replace
engine cylinder head
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 101
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a carburettor from
a motor vehicle engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
and carry out manufacturer procedures, precautions and
adjustment requirements, maintain work area, tools and equipment
and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the transmission, task completion inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and special equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 102
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
safely under supervision.
2
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures,
precautions and
adjustments
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3
Remove a carburettor
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
4
Replace a carburettor
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Carburettor removal and replacement instructions are used to
determine task requirements including method, precautions
and order of procedure and adjustments.
Procedures, specifications and special tool (if applicable)
requirements are identified from appropriate vehicle
manufacturer manuals.
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements including precautions and removal
procedures previously identified are applied.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement procedures previously identified are applied.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 103
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
5
6
7
5.1
Adjust carburettor
idle speed and mixture
setting
5.2
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
procedures previously identified are applied.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Adjustment settings are identified and recorded for technical
report.
6.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements
6.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
Special tools and equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Carburettor types including single and multi barrel incorporating one and two stages of
operation, side and down draft.
 Carburettor removal and replacement procedures and precaution.
 Carburettor adjustment requirements including idle speed and mixture.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements
RANGE STATEMENT
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 104
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Operational engine and
carburettor refers to:
Tasks may include:
 An operational engine with a carburettor and all fittings.

The carburettor may be of single or multi barrel type
incorporating one or two stages of operation.

It should incorporate idle speed and idle mixture adjustment
mechanisms.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures, precautions
and adjustment requirements.
 Correct and safe carburettor removal and replacement
procedures and adjustment procedures in accordance with the
appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
requirements.
 Performing idle speed and mixture adjustment settings.
 End of task work area, tool and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Engine speed tachometer, exhaust gas analyser, automotive hand
tools and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Petrol, gaskets, cleaning fluids.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
tools, equipment (including tachometer & exhaust gas
analyser) and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including precautions and
procedures, specifications and adjustment requirements.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
 Type of carburettor removed
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 105
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
includes:
 Removal and replacement procedures, precautions and
adjustment requirements
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Idle speed and mixture adjustment outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a carburettor.
 Application of adjustment procedures and outcome.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate operational engine incorporating idle
speed and idle mixture adjustments
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 106
VBN654 Remove & replace carburettor
 Resource text such as vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manuals including procedures and
specifications
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN654 Remove & replace
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 107
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle and assemble a motor
vehicle carburettor.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
components, describe the basic function and operation of a
carburetor, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit
This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the dismantling and reassembly of transmissions, component inspection, measurement
and calculations and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Carburettor to be worked on is identified in consultation
with the supervisor and the availability and access to
appropriate work information and manuals is determined.
1.2
A suitable safe working location within a workshop is
identified that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 108
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
safely under supervision.
2
3
4
Dismantle a
carburettor
Inspect carburettor
components and
identify their function
Identify and trace
operational circuits of
the carburettor
2.1
Dismantling instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
disassembly.
2.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information is
obtained.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Component resource information is read, interpreted and
applied.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Component names and functions are recorded for technical
report.
3.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and application.
4.2
Basic carburettor principles and systems operation and
product manufacturer resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Type of carburettor and its operational circuit (air/fuel) are
recorded for technical report.
4.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 109
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
5.
6.
7
Re-assemble the
carburettor
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
5.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements, adjustments and demonstrations are
performed safely under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
6.1
Tools, equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of carburettors including side and down draft, single and multi barrel and one and
two stage carburettors.
 Carburettor function and operation of a basic carburettor and its systems.
 Float level adjustment methods.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 110
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
situations that may affect performance.
Carburettor refers to:
 A carburettor assembly including all component parts.

Tasks may include:
The carburettor may be of single or multi barrel type
incorporating one or two stages of operation.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Developing an understanding of the function of a carburettor
and the operation of basic carburettor systems and float level
adjustment.
 Correct dismantling and re-assembly procedures in
accordance with the vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance
manual.
 Performing inspection and identification of component parts
and function.
 Identifying systems used and float level adjustment method of
the carburettor dismantled.
 End of task work area, tool and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and may include product related special
tools.
Materials may include:
Carburettor gaskets and petrol.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools, equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Basic carburettor function and systems operation resource
information.
 Manufacturer’s specifications/adjustments, dismantling and
assembling procedures.
 Component names, system type from product/vehicle
manufacturer information.
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 111
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 Carburettor type and operational circuit (air/fuel)
 Component identification and function
 Float level adjustment method appropriate to the carburettor
dismantled.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Dismantling and assembly of the carburettor.
 Inspection of component parts and function.
 Identification and tracing of carburettor operational
circuit (air/fuel).
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Access to an appropriate carburettor assembly
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 112
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble carburettor
 Tools and special equipment as required
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN655 Dismantle & assemble
carburettor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 113
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a petrol pump
from a motor vehicle engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
and carry out manufacturer procedures, precautions, maintain
work area, tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the fuel pump, visual inspection and technical
report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Engine to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and special equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 114
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
commencement of the task.
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove a fuel pump
Clean and inspect fuel
pump assembly
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Petrol/fuel pump removal and replacement instructions are
used to determine task requirements including method,
precautions and order of procedure and adjustments.
2.2
Procedures, specifications, special tool and equipment
requirements are identified from appropriate vehicle
manufacturer manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.5
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task requirements including precautions and removal
procedures previously identified are applied.
3.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including cleaning procedures are
applied.
4.2
Identify fuel pump type and compare to manufacturer’s
information and specifications
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 115
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
5
6
7
Replace fuel pump
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.5
Information is recorded for technical report.
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement procedures previously identified are applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
5.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Fuel pump types and function.
 Fuel pump removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 116
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
Engine and petrol pump
refers to:
 An engine (operational or non-operational) with a petrol
pump and all fittings.
 The fuel/petrol pump may be electrical or mechanical.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal
precautions.
and
replacement
procedures
and
 Correct and safe petrol pump removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 End of task work area, tool and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Hand tools and product special tools as applicable to tasks.
Materials may include:
Petrol and cleaning agents.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to petrol pump removal and
replacement procedures and maintenance of tools, equipment
and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including precautions and
procedures, specifications and adjustment requirements.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 Fuel pump type and function
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Inspection outcomes.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 117
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a fuel pump.
 Visual inspection/identification of fuel pump type
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate operational or non–operational engine
with fuel pump and fittings
 Tools and special product tools as appropriate to task
requirements
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 118
VBN656 Remove & replace fuel pump
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 119
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle and re-assemble a motor
vehicle petrol fuel pump.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
component names and function and trace fuel passage, describe
the function and operation of a mechanically and electrically
operated petrol fuel pump, maintain work area, tools and
equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the dismantling and reassembly of transmissions, component inspection, measurement
and calculations and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Fuel pump to be worked on is identified in consultation with
the supervisor and the availability and access to appropriate
work information and manuals is determined.
1.2
A suitable safe working location within a workshop is
identified that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 120
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
2
3
4
Dismantle a fuel pump
Inspect fuel pump
components and
identify their function
Trace the fuel passage
through the fuel pump
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision
2.1
Dismantling instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
disassembly.
2.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information is
obtained.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Type of fuel pump dismantled is recorded for technical
report.
2.7
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Component resource information is read, interpreted and
applied.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Component names and function are recorded for technical
report.
3.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
4.2
Fuel pump types, function and operation resource
information is read, interpreted and applied.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 121
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
5
6
7
Re-assemble the fuel
pump
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.4
Fuel pump operational circuit/fuel passage fare recorded for
technical report.
4.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
5.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
6.1
Tools, equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of petrol fuel pumps including mechanically and electrically operated units.
 Fuel pump function and operation of mechanical and electrical operated types.
 Component identification and function.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 122
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Fuel pump refers to:
 A petrol fuel pump including all component parts.

Tasks may include:
The fuel pump may be mechanically or electrically operated.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Developing an understanding of types, function and operation
of petrol fuel pumps.
 Correct dismantling and re-assembly procedures in
accordance with the vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance
manual.
 Performing inspection and identification of component parts
and function.
 Identifying and reporting component damage.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and may include product related special
tools.
Materials may include:
Petrol and cleaning agents.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools, equipment
and workshop maintenance.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Fuel pump types, function and operation resource
information.
 Manufacturer’s specifications, dismantling and assembling
procedures.
 Component part names and functions.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Types of fuel pumps
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 123
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
Technical report that
includes:
 Description of the function and operation of a mechanically
and electrically operated petrol fuel pump
 Fuel pump type (dismantled)
 Names of component parts and function
 Fuel pump operational circuit (air/fuel).
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Dismantling of the fuel pump.
 Inspection and naming of component parts and
function
 Tracing of fuel passage through the fuel pump
dismantled.
 Re-assembly of the fuel pump.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 124
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble fuel pump
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Access to an appropriate fuel pump assembly
 Tools and special equipment as required
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.

Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN657 Dismantle & assemble
fuel pump
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 125
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
VBN658
Remove & replace transmission, manual
(conventional)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a 3, 4 or 5 speed
conventional manual transmission.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
manufacturer procedures and precautions, maintain work area,
tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the transmission, task completion inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes a vehicle hoist, suitable workspace,
availability of tools and transmission lift equipment and
workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 126
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
1.5
1.6
2
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
2.1
2.2
2.3
3
4
Remove a
conventional manual
transmission
Replace a
conventional manual
transmission
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
Removal and replacement procedures, special tools and
equipment requirements are identified from vehicle
manufacturer’s manuals and/or task instruction workbooks.
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.5
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted
2.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
4.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 127
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
5
6
7
Carry out
replacement
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
4.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
5.1
Transmission and components/sub assemblies are inspected
for correct location including bell housing, cross member,
tail shaft and clutch mechanism in accordance with
manufacturer’s information and specifications.
5.2
Transmission and component/sub assembly are inspected for
attachment security and locking devices.
5.3
Transmission fluid level is checked and topped up with the
appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer's
procedures.
5.4
Clutch is tested for correct operation.
5.5
The supervisor is to confirm the inspection procedure and
outcome.
5.6
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
6.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
6.2
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 128
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of manual transmissions including conventional and transaxle and 3, 4 and 5 speed
(overdrive).
 Transmission function.
 Transmission lubrication requirements and types of fluid appropriate to manual
transmissions.
 Transmission removal and replacement method procedures and precautions.
 Task completion inspection procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Transmission refers to:
Tasks may include:
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)

A motor vehicle with a conventional manual
transmission including all operational fitting
attachments with a hydraulic or mechanical clutch
operating mechanism.

The motor vehicle may be passenger, light commercial,
motorcycle and construct vehicle, i.e. team project.

Transmissions may be 3, 4 or 5 speed (including
overdrive).

Task preparation and planning requirements

Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions

Correct and safe transmission removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.

Performing a final task inspection.

End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.

Preparation of a technical report.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 129
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools, a transmission lift machine and
may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Transmission fluid and cleaning agents.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operation relating to
conventional manual transmissions.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 End of task inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Transmission function, lubrication requirements and
procedures.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Type of transmission and function
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Replacement inspection and outcome
 Types and requirements of lubricants recommended
and transmission lubricant capacity.
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 130
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a conventional manual
transmission.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate passenger, light commercial vehicle or
construct vehicle with a manual (conventional)
transmission
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Transmission lifting machine
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 131
VBN658 Remove & replace transmission, manual (conventional)
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN658 Remove & replace
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 132
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
VBN659
Dismantle & assemble transmission,
manual (conventional)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle a 4 or 5 speed conventional
manual transmission.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, inspect
and identify gear materials and housings, identify bearing types
and loads, identify seals, sealant and gasket material, perform
measurements and calculations, maintain work area, tools and
equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the dismantling and reassembly of transmissions, component inspection, measurement
and calculations and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Transmission to be worked on is identified and the
availability and access to appropriate work information and
manuals is determined.
1.2
Transmission is positioned in a suitable safe working
location within a workshop that includes suitable
workspace, availability of tools and equipment and
workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 133
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
2
3
4
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision
2.1
Dismantling instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
disassembly.
2.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information is
obtained.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Product manufacturer’s resource information is obtained.
3.3
Product manufacturer’s resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Information is recorded for technical report.
3.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.1
Inspect bearings and
identify type and loads
carried
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
Dismantle a
conventional manual
transmission
Inspect and identify
gears and housings
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
4.2
Bearing type and loads resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 134
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
5.
6
7
Inspect and identify
types of seals, sealant
and gasket materials
Perform
measurements and
calculations - gear
ratios, mechanical
advantage and
velocity ratio
Re-assemble the
transmission
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
4.4
Bearing type, loads carried, material type and manufacturing
processes are recorded for technical report.
4.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
5.2
Product and material type resource information is obtained.
5.3
Product and material type resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
5.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.5
Type of seals, sealant and gasket material used are recorded
for technical report.
5.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, equipment and application.
6.2
Task method and resource information is read, interpreted
and applied.
6.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.4
Record measurements and calculations for the technical
report.
6.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
7.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information are
obtained.
7.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
7.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 135
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
8
9
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
8.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
8.2
Test equipment, tools and other support materials are
cleaned, maintained and prepared ready for further use or
stored in accordance with workshop requirements.
8.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
8.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
8.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
9.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
9.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
9.3
Information gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe work practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of manual transmissions including conventional, transaxle, 3, 4 and 5 speeds
(overdrive).
 Transmission construction and power flow, function and operation of synchromesh and
interlock mechanisms.
 Types of gears and their advantages relevant to the application.
 Types of bearings and loads carried relevant to application.
 Types of seals, sealant and gaskets relevant to application.
 Definitions, measurement and calculation methods for gear ratios, mechanical advantage
(including torque multiplication) and velocity ratios.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 136
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Transmission refers to:
Tasks may include:
 A manual conventional transmission.

Transmissions are to be complete assemblies appropriate to
passenger, light commercial motor vehicle, motorcycle or
construct vehicle, i.e. Team project.

Transmissions may be 4 or 5 speed (including overdrive).
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Correct transmission dismantling and re-assembly procedures
in accordance with the correct vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual.
 Performing component inspection and identification of types,
loads and materials used.
 Developing an understanding of manual transmission
operating principles and major component function.
 Perform measurements and calculations.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and may include product related special
tools.
Materials may include:
Lubrication and transmission fluids, sealant, gaskets and
cleaning agents.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools, equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation relating to conventional manual
transmissions.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and component function,
operations and maintenance procedures.
 Component type, loads and material type.
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 137
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 power flow in each gear train
 function and operation of synchromesh and interlock
mechanisms
 gear ratios, mechanical advantage and velocity ratios
 gear and housing types
 bearing types and loads carried
 types of seals, sealant and gasket materials used.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Dismantling of a conventional manual transmission.
 Inspection and identification of gears and housings.
 Inspection of bearings and identify types and loads
carried.
 Inspection and identification of types of seals, sealant
and gasket materials.
 Performance of measurements and calculations - gear
ratios, mechanical advantage and velocity ratio.
 Re assembly of a conventional manual transmission.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 138
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (conventional)
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Transmissions – manual (conventional)
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN659 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual
(conventional)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 139
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace 4 or 5-speed
manual transaxle assembly.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
components, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare
a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of transmissions, end of task inspection and technical
report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes a vehicle hoist, workbench, tools
and equipment appropriate to the tasks.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement tasks
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 140
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
commencement of the task.
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures
Remove a transaxle
transmission
Replace a transaxle
transmission
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer’s service and repair manuals
and/or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Special tools and equipment requirements are obtained from
the manufacturer’s manuals.
2.4
Special tools and equipment are recorded for technical
report.
2.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.7
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Product material types and manufacturing process resource
information is read, interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
3.6
Removal procedures and precautions are recorded for
technical report.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
4.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 141
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
performance.
5
6
7
Carry out
replacement
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.4
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.5
Replacement procedures and precautions are recorded for
technical report.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
5.2
Transmission and component sub assemblies are inspected
for correct location in accordance with manufacturer’s
information and specifications.
5.3
Transmission and component sub assembly are inspected for
attachment security and locking devices.
5.4
Transmission fluid level is checked and topped up with the
appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer’s
procedures.
5.5
Clutch is tested for correct operation.
5.6
The teacher/supervisor to confirm the inspection procedure
and outcome.
5.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.8
Inspection procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
6.2
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information gathered from previous tasks for technical
report.
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 142
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of manual transmissions including conventional, transaxle and 3, 4 and 5-speed
(overdrive).
 Transaxle transmission function
 Transmission lubrication requirements and types of fluid appropriate to manual
transmissions
 Removal and replacement procedures
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle and transaxle
 A vehicle fitted with a manual transaxle assembly.

Tasks may include:
Transmissions may be 4 or 5 speed (including overdrive).
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct transaxle removal and replacement procedures in
accordance with the appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual.
 Performing a final task inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive vehicle lifting equipment, power equipment and
hand tools and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Transmission/lubricant fluids and cleaning agents.
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 143
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
Personal protective
equipment may include:
Information and
procedures may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools, equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation relating to transaxle transmissions
(manual).
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and component function,
operations and maintenance procedures.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 Transaxle type and function
 Removal and replacement procedures
 Special tool and equipment requirements
 Replacement inspection outcome
 Types and requirements of lubricants recommended and
transmission lubricant capacity.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate and
access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle maintenance
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a manual transaxle
assembly.
 End of task inspection including security of installation,
clutch operation and fluid capacity.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 144
VBN660 Remove & replace transmission, manual (transaxle)
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Access to a vehicle fitted with a manual transaxle
assembly
 Tools and special equipment
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN660 Remove & replace
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 145
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
VBN661
Unit Descriptor
Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual
(transaxle)
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle a 4 or 5 speed conventional
manual transmission.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, inspect
and identify gears and housings, identify bearing types and loads,
identify seals, sealant and gasket material, perform measurements
and calculations, maintain work area, tools and equipment and
prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the dismantling and reassembly of transaxles, component inspection, measurement and
calculations and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
Prepare for and plan
the disassembly and
re-assembly task
1.1
1.2
1.3
Transaxle to be worked on is identified and the availability
and access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
Transaxle is positioned in a suitable safe working
location within a workshop that includes suitable
workspace, availability of tools and equipment and
workbench.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing the task requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 146
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
2
3
4
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Dismantling instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
disassembly.
2.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information is
obtained.
2.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Product manufacturer’s resource information is obtained.
3.3
Product manufacturer’s resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Gears and housing types are recorded for technical report.
3.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision
4.1
Inspect bearings and
identify type and loads
carried
4.2
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
Dismantle a manual
transaxle
Inspect and identify
gears and housings
Bearing type and loads resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Bearing type, loads carried, material type are recorded for
technical report.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.5
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 147
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
5
6
7
Inspect and identify
types of seals, sealant
and gasket materials
Perform
measurements and
calculations - gear
ratios, mechanical
advantage and
velocity ratio
Re-assemble manual
transaxle
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
5.2
Product and material type resource information is obtained.
5.3
Product and material type resource information is read,
interpreted and applied.
5.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.5
Type of seals, sealant and gasket material used are recorded
for technical report.
5.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, equipment and application.
6.2
Task method and resource information is read, interpreted
and applied.
6.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.4
Measurements and calculations are recorded for technical
report.
6.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including re-assembly methods and precautions.
7.2
Tools, equipment and product resource information are
obtained.
7.3
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
7.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 148
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
8
9
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
7.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
8.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
8.2
Test equipment, tools and other support materials are
cleaned, maintained and prepared ready for further use or
stored in accordance with workshop requirements.
8.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
8.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
8.5
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
9.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
9.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
9.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of manual transmissions including conventional, transaxle and 3, 4 and 5-speed
(overdrive).
 Transaxle construction and power flow, function and operation of synchromesh and
interlock mechanisms.
 Types of gears and their advantages relevant to the application.
 Types of bearings and loads carried relevant to application.
 Types of seals, sealant and gaskets relevant to application.
 Definitions, measurement and calculation methods for gear ratios, mechanical advantage
(including torque multiplication) and velocity ratios.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 149
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
 A manual transaxle assembly.
 Transaxles are to be complete assemblies appropriate to
passenger or light commercial motor vehicles.
 Transaxles may be 4 or 5 speed (including overdrive).
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Correct transmission dismantling and re-assembly
procedures in accordance with the correct vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 Performing component inspection and identification of
types, loads, materials used and manufacturing
processes.
 Developing an understanding of manual transmission
operating principles and major component function.
 Perform measurements and calculations.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools and may include product related
special tools.
Materials may include:
Lubrication and transmission fluids, sealant gaskets and
cleaning agents.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
Personal protective equipment
may include:
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may  Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools,
include:
equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation relating to transaxle
transmissions (manual).
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and component function,
operations and maintenance procedures.
 Component type, loads and material information.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 power flow in each gear train
Transaxle
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 150
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
Technical report that includes:
 function and operation of synchromesh and interlock
mechanisms
 gear ratios, mechanical advantage and velocity ratios
 gear and housing types
 bearing types and loads carried
 types of seals, sealant and gasket materials used.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location
and tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and
locate and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide
task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use
of personal protective equipment.
 Dismantling and assembly of a manual transaxle
assembly.
 Inspection and identification of gears and
housings.
 Inspection of bearings and identify types and
loads carried.
 Inspection and identification of types of seals,
sealant and gasket materials.
 Performance of measurements and calculations gear ratios, mechanical advantage and velocity
ratio.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and
equipment used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 151
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble transmission, manual (transaxle)
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or
through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment
to be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Access to manual transaxle assembly
 Tools and special equipment
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN661 Dismantle & assemble
transmission, manual (transaxle)
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 152
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a clutch assembly.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
manufacturer procedures and precautions, maintain work area,
tools and equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of a clutch assembly, task completion inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes a vehicle hoist, suitable workspace,
availability of tools, transmission lift equipment and
workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 153
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove clutch
assembly
Replace clutch
assembly
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement procedures, special tools and
equipment requirements are identified from vehicle
manufacturer’s manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
4.2
Tools and lifting equipment appropriate to the task are
selected and correctly used.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 154
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
5
6
7
Carry out
replacement
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
5.1
Transmission and components/sub assemblies are inspected
for correct location including bell housing, cross member,
tail shaft and clutch mechanism in accordance with
manufacturer’s information and specifications.
5.2
Transmission and component/sub assembly are inspected for
attachment security and locking devices.
5.3
Clutch transmission fluid level is checked and top up with
the appropriate lubricant according to manufacturer's
procedures.
5.4
Clutch is tested for correct operation.
5.5
The supervisor is to confirm the inspection procedure and
outcome.
5.6
Inspection outcomes are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
6.2
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.5
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of clutch assemblies.
 Types of transmissions fluids.
 Clutch assembly function.
 Clutch assembly removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Task completion inspection procedures and reporting requirements.
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 155
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Clutch assembly
 A vehicle with a conventional manual transmission and
clutch assembly.

Tasks may include:
The motor vehicle may be:
-
passenger or light commercial
-
motor cycle
-
constructed vehicle i.e. team project.
 Task preparation and planning requirements
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions
 Correct and safe transmission removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Performing a final task inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools, a transmission lift machine and
may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Clutch transmission fluid and cleaning agents.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 156
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operation.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
or resource text.
 End of task inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Clutch assembly function and procedures.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Type and function of clutch assembly
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Replacement inspection and outcome.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a clutch assembly.
 End of task inspection including transmission fluid
level and correct operation of clutch assembly.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 157
VBN662 Remove & replace clutch assembly
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate vehicle fitted with a manual
transmission and clutch assembly
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Transmission lifting equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement,
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN662 Remove & replace
clutch assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 158
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace vehicle front
suspension springs.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of front suspensions and springs, inspect components and
identify their function, maintain work area, tools and equipment
and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the suspension springs, component inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Make and model of the vehicle is determined.
1.2
Required information manuals and textbooks are
identified from task requirements and vehicle makes and
models.
1.3
Availability and access to appropriate work information and
manuals is determined in consultation with the supervisor.
1.4
Vehicle is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment and workbench.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 159
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 160
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
2
Investigate spring
removal and
replacement
procedures and
precautions
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
3
Remove front
suspension springs
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
Inspect front
suspension
components and
identify their function
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer’s service and repair manuals
or task instruction workbooks.
Special tools and equipment requirements are identified
from vehicle manufacturer’s manuals.
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Manufacturer's removal methods and precautions are
followed.
Vehicle is supported safely and securely enabling access to
front suspension units and relevant components.
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and function.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Major component names and function are recorded for
technical report.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 161
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
5
6
7
8
Replace/refit
suspension springs
Carry out assembly
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.2
Manufacturer's replacement methods and precautions are
followed.
5.3
Vehicle is supported safely and securely enabling access to
front suspension units and relevant components.
5.4
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
5.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.7
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
5.8
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Inspect front suspension system and component assembly in
conjunction with the supervisor.
6.2
Inspection checks performed are to include component
location, security and attachment, locking devices and
operation of suspension system.
6.3
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
7.1
Tools, equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
7.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.4
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 162
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of front suspension springs.
 Types and construction of front suspension systems.
 Suspension system component names and function.
 Spring removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Assembly inspection procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle/front suspension
Vehicle with complete front suspension assembly may
include:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Motor cycle
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Team project
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigating procedures and precautions.
 Removing front suspension springs.
 Component inspection and determining functions.
 Replacing/refitting suspension springs.
 Assembly inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools and may include product related
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 163
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
special tools.
Materials may include:
Split pins and/or lock plates, cleaning agents.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools,
equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
relating to front suspension springs.
 Manufacturer’s specifications, procedures and
precautions.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Suspension and component function.
 Spring and suspension types.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Function of the suspension system on motor vehicles
 Major component names and function
 front spring suspension removal and replacement
procedures and precautions
 special tools and equipment requirements
 Front suspension inspection outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual and resource textbooks to guide
task/work (including removal and replacement
procedures and precautions).
 Safe and correct performance of removal, replacement
and precautionary activity relating to front suspension
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 164
VBN663 Remove & replace suspension, front springs
springs.
 Application and safe working requirements for
equipment and components including use of vehicle
and personal protective equipment.
 Assembly inspection.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to
be integrated
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Availability of a suitable vehicle
 Tools and special equipment
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of report
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN663 Remove & replace
suspension, front springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 165
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace vehicle rear
suspension springs.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of rear suspensions and springs, inspect components and
identify their function, maintain work area, tools and equipment
and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the suspension springs, component inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Make and model of the vehicle is determined.
1.2
Required information manuals and textbooks are identified
from task requirements and vehicle makes and models.
1.3
Availability and access to appropriate work information and
manuals is determined in consultation with the supervisor.
1.4
Vehicle is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment and workbench.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 166
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
2
3
4
Investigate spring
removal and
replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove rear
suspension springs
Inspect rear
suspension
components and
identify their function
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer’s service and repair manuals
or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Special tools and equipment requirements are identified
from vehicle manufacturer’s manuals.
2.4
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.5
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.6
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted
2.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance
3.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.2
Manufacturer's removal methods and precautions are
followed.
3.3
Vehicle is supported safely and securely enabling access to
rear suspension units and relevant components.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment
3.7
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and function.
4.2
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.3
Major component names and function are recorded for
technical report.
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.4
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 167
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
5
Replace/refit
suspension springs
5.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.2
Manufacturer's replacement methods and precautions are
followed.
Vehicle is supported safely and securely enabling access to
rear suspension units and relevant components.
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
6
Carry out assembly
inspection
6.1
Rear suspension system and component assembly is
inspected in conjunction with the supervisor.
6.2
Inspection checks performed are to include component
location, security and attachment, locking devices and
operation of suspension system.
Inspection outcomes are identified recorded for technical
report.
Tools, equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.3
7
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
8
Prepare a technical
report
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
8.3
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 168
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of rear suspension springs.
 Types and construction of rear suspension systems.
 Rear suspension system component names and function.
 Spring removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Assembly inspection procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle/rear suspension
Vehicle with complete rear suspension assembly:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Motor cycle
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Team project.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigating procedures and precautions.
 Removing rear suspension springs.
 Component inspection and determining functions.
 Replacing/refitting rear suspension springs.
 Assembly inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and may include product related special
tools.
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 169
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
Materials may include:
Split pins and/or lock plates.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools, equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
relating to rear suspension springs.
 Manufacturer’s specifications, procedures and precautions.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Suspension and component function.
 Spring and rear suspension types.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that
includes:
 Types and function of the suspension system on motor
vehicles
 major component names and function
 rear spring suspension removal and replacement procedures
and precautions
 special tools and equipment
 assembly inspection outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual and resource textbooks to guide
task/work (including removal and replacement
procedures and precautions).
 Safe and correct performance of removal, replacement
and precautionary activity relating to rear suspension
springs.
 Application and safe working requirements for
equipment and components including use of vehicle
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 170
VBN664 Remove & replace suspension, rear springs
and personal protective equipment.
 Assembly inspection.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessment to
be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Availability of a suitable vehicle
 Tools and special equipment
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of report
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN664 Remove & replace
suspension, rear springs
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 171
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace vehicle front and
rear brake assemblies.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of brake assemblies, inspect components and identify their
function, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the brake assemblies, component inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
1.2
Make and model of the vehicle is determined.
Required information manuals and textbooks are identified
from task requirements and vehicle makes and models.
1.3
Availability and access to appropriate work information and
manuals is determined in consultation with the supervisor.
1.4
Position the vehicle in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment and workbench.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 172
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
2
3
4
Investigate brake
assemblies removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove brake
assemblies
Inspect brake
assembly components
and identify their
function
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer’s service and repair manuals
or task instruction workbooks
2.3
Special tools and equipment requirements are identified
from vehicle manufacturer’s manuals.
2.4
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.5
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.6
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.2
Manufacturer's removal methods and precautions are
followed.
3.3
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
3.7
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and function.
4.2
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.3
Component names and function are recorded for technical
report.
4.4
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 173
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
5
6
7
8
Replace brake
assemblies
Carry out assembly
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.2
Manufacturer's replacement methods and precautions are
followed.
5.3
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
5.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
5.7
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Brake assemblies are inspected in conjunction with the
supervisor.
6.2
Inspection checks performed are to include assembly
location, security and attachment, locking devices and
operation of braking system in accordance with
manufacturer’s information and specifications.
6.3
Brake fluid level is checked and quality and replenish
according to manufacturer’s recommendations and
procedures.
6.4
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
7.1
Tools, equipment, and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
7.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 174
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of brake assemblies.
 Brake assembly function and principles of operation
 Brake assembly component names and function.
 Types of brake fluids and their application
 Brake assembly removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Assembly inspection procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Brake assemblies
 Applicable to a passenger or light commercial vehicles.
 Passenger or light commercial
 Motor cycle
 Constructed vehicle i.e. Go-Kart, Formula SAE.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigating procedures and precautions.
 Brake assembly removal and replacement procedures.
 Component inspection and determining functions.
 Assembly inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools, vehicle lifting equipment, and may
include product related special tools.
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 175
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
Materials may include:
Replacement parts as appropriate to the tasks.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools,
equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Manufacturer’s specifications, procedures and
precautions.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Brake assembly types and function.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 braking system principle of operation and function
 types of brake assemblies
 Brake assembly removal and replacement procedures
and precautions
 major component names and function
 brake assembly inspection outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate and
access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle maintenance
manual and resource textbooks to guide task/work
(including removal and replacement procedures and
precautions).
 Safe and correct performance of brake assembly’s
removal and replacement procedures.
 Application and safe working requirements for
equipment and components including use of vehicle and
personal protective equipment.
 Component identification and function.
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 176
VBN665 Remove & replace brake assemblies
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills (national key
competencies) assessments to be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle fitted with brake assemblies
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text
Method of assessment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of report
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN665 Remove & replace brake
assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 177
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace vehicle wheels
and tyres as a complete assembly.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
and carry out manufacturer procedures, carry out a visual
inspection, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of wheels and tyres, visual inspection and technical
report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and the availability and
access to appropriate work information and manuals is
determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
located that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and special equipment and workbench.
1.3
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.4
Availability of information required is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 178
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
safely under supervision.
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
2.1
Wheels and tyre assembly removal and replacement
instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, precautions and order of procedure and
adjustments.
2.2
Information is obtained from the relevant vehicle
manufacturer’s service and repair manuals and/or task
instruction workbooks.
2.3
Procedures, specifications, special tools and equipment
requirements are identified from appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s manuals.
2.4
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.5
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Remove vehicle wheels 3.1
and tyres
Inspect wheels and
tyre assemblies
Task requirements including precautions and removal
procedures previously identified are applied.
3.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Wheel and tyre assemblies are inspected and their function
identified in accordance with manufacturer’s information
and specifications.
4.2
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.3
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.4
Tyre air pressure settings are checked.
4.5
Information is recorded for technical report.
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 179
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 180
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
5
6
7
Replace wheel and
tyre assemblies
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement procedures previously identified are applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Correct torque setting of wheel nuts is ensured.
5.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.6
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
5.7
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Tools, equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
6.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
6.3
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.4
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
7.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
7.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Wheel/rim types and application.
 Tyre and tube types and application.
 Torque measurement procedures.
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Wheel and tyre inspection procedures
 Tyre air pressure setting and test procedures
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 181
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle, wheel and tyre assembly
Tasks may include:

Vehicle complete with wheel and tyre assemblies

The vehicle may be a:
-
passenger motor vehicle
-
motor cycle
-
constructed vehicle i.e. Go-Kart.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct and safe wheel and tyre assembly removal and
replacement procedures in accordance with the
appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
requirements.
 Wheel and tyre inspection outcomes including air
pressure settings.
 End of task work area, tool and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Vehicle lifting equipment, safety blocks, air-line, hand
tools and product special tools as applicable to tasks.
Materials may include:
Cleaning agents.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures, maintenance of tools, equipment
and the workshop.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Task/work instructions including procedures and
precautions relating to wheel and tyre assemblies.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Types of wheel and tyre assemblies and component
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 182
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
function
 Types of tyres and application
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tool/equipment requirements
 Wheel torque settings
 Tyre air pressure settings.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment and
evidence required to demonstrate
competency in this unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location
and tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and
locate and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual/resource text.
Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use
of personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a wheel and tyre
assemblies.
 Visual inspection/component function.
 Tyre air pressure settings.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and
equipment used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or
through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 183
VBN666 Remove & replace wheel & tyre assemblies
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills assessments
to be integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An appropriate vehicle with fitted wheels and
tyres.
 Tools and special product tools.
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of
reporting requirements relating to standard and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by
written or oral testing.
VBN666 Remove & replace
wheel & tyre assemblies
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 184
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace a motor vehicle
radiator.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, clean
parts and inspect components, perform task completion test and
inspection, maintain work area, tools and equipment and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the engine and transaxle, task completion
inspection and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle/engine assembly to be worked on is identified and
the availability and access to appropriate work information
and manuals is determined.
1.2
Suitable safe working location within a workshop is
identified that includes suitable workspace, availability of
tools and coolant catchment vessel or drain and
workbench.
1.3
Coolant/additive safe disposal/storage requirements is
identified in consultation with the supervisor and
environmental protection requirements.
1.4
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing the task
requirements.
1.5
Determine the availability of information required in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 185
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 186
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove radiator
Clean parts and
inspect components
1.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.7
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement information including special
tools and equipment is obtained from the relevant service
and repair manuals and/or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment are recorded for technical
report.
2.5
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Radiator components including radiator core, tanks, securing
attachments, hoses, clamps and pipes are inspected and
identified according to manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
4.2
Parts are cleaned using the relevant method, procedures,
solvent, tools and equipment and cleaning bay.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Information is recorded for technical report.
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 187
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
5
Replace radiator
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
6
Carry out task
completion test and
inspection
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
Sealant appropriate to hose and pipe/flange joints (where
required) is selected and correctly used according to vehicle
and product manufacturer’s recommendations.
Cooling fluid additive appropriate to the system is selected
and correctly used according to vehicle manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle/engine
assembly, components, tools and equipment.
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
All cooling system components are inspected for correct
location including electrical connections, cooling system and
heater hoses and hydraulic lines (where applicable) in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
Radiator/cooling system is inspected and tested for leaks in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
Engine is warmed up and system inspected for fluid leaks
(operational engine only).
Coolant level and quality is rechecked and replenished
according to manufacturer’s recommendations and
procedures.
Inspection procedure and outcomes are identified and
recorded for technical report.
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 188
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
8
Prepare a technical
report
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Radiator type and function
 Engine coolant requirements, additives and application, storage and disposal requirements.
 Types of sealant and their application.
 Radiator removal and replacement procedures and precautions.
 Radiator/cooling system inspection and test procedures
 Cooling system component identification and function.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Motor vehicle
Tasks may include:

Motor vehicle or engine assembly with a fluid type (indirect)
cooling system and all fittings and attachments.

Engine may be mounted conventionally or east west and
incorporate an electric fan.

Vehicle may include passenger motor vehicle, light
commercial, heavy vehicle, motor cycle, construct vehicle,
i.e. Formula SAE, Go-Kart.
 Task preparation and planning requirements
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Correct and safe radiator removal and replacement procedures
in accordance with the appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual requirements.
 Parts cleaning and component inspection and identification.
 Radiator/cooling system inspection and test requirements in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 189
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
specifications.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools and cooling system test equipment and
attachments and may include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Solvents, sealant, coolant and additive.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
tools, equipment and the workshop.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
including radiator removal, replacement and test procedures
and precautions.
 Part cleaning and component inspection procedures, tools
and equipment.
 Radiator/cooling system testing and inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Technical report that
includes:
 Radiator type and function
 Component identification and function
 Removal and replacement precautions and procedures
 Special tool(s)/equipment used
 Recommended sealant required (where applicable)
 Type of coolant/additive used
 Radiator/cooling system inspection and test procedure and
outcome.
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 190
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate and
access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle maintenance
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment and disposal/storage of
coolant/additives.
 Removal and replacement of a radiator.
 Inspect and test radiator/cooling system
 Part cleaning and component inspection and
identification.
 Cooling system additive requirements
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
 Preparation of a technical report.
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skill assessments to be
integrated.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 A motor vehicle/engine assembly with a fluid type
(indirect) engine cooling system.
 Tools and special equipment as required.
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 191
VBN667 Remove & replace radiator
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN667 Remove & replace
radiator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 192
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace vehicle steering
assemblies.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
identify types of steering assemblies, inspect components and
identify their function, maintain work area, tools and equipment
and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation
skills, knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in
the automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the brake assemblies, component inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1
1.1
Make and model of the vehicle is determined.
1.2
Required information manuals and textbooks are
identified from task requirements and vehicle makes and
models.
Availability and access to appropriate work information
and manuals is determined in consultation with the
supervisor.
Vehicle is positioned in a suitable safe working location
within a workshop that includes suitable workspace,
availability of tools and equipment and workbench.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including
manual handling, equipment safety and hazardous
materials and personal protection needs are determined
prior to commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 193
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
safely under supervision.
2
Investigate steering
assembly removal and
replacement
procedures and
precautions
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
3
Remove steering
assembly
3.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.2
Manufacturer's removal methods and precautions are
followed.
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4
Inspect steering
assembly components
and identify their
function
4.1
4.2
4.3
5
Replace steering
assembly
Removal and replacement instructions are used to
determine task requirements including method, precautions
and order of procedure.
Removal and replacement information is obtained from the
relevant vehicle manufacturer’s service and repair
manuals or task instruction workbooks.
Special tools and equipment requirements are identified
from vehicle manufacturer’s manuals.
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including
manual handling, equipment safety and hazardous
materials and personal protection needs are observed
throughout the work performance.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including
manual handling, equipment safety and hazardous
materials and personal protection needs are observed
throughout the work performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed
safely under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and function.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including
manual handling, equipment safety and hazardous
materials and personal protection needs are observed
throughout the work performance.
Component names and function are recorded for technical
report.
4.4
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
5.2
Manufacturer's replacement methods and precautions are
followed.
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 194
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
5.3
Special tools and equipment are used correctly and safely.
5.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including
manual handling, equipment safety and hazardous
materials and personal protection needs are observed
throughout the work performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed
safely under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to components,
tools and equipment.
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
5.5
5.6
5.7
6
Carry out assembly
inspection
6.1
Steering assembly is checked in conjunction with the
supervisor.
6.2
Inspection checks are performed to include assembly
location, security and attachment, locking devices and
operation of steering system in accordance with
manufacturer’s information and specifications.
Steering fluid level and quality is checked and replenished
according to manufacturer’s recommendations and
procedures If applicable).
Inspection outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
6.3
6.4
7
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
7.1
Tools, equipment, and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.3
7.4
8
Prepare a technical
report
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
8.3
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 195
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Types of steering assemblies.
 Steering assembly function and principles of operation
 Steering assembly component names and function.
 Types of steering fluids and their application (power steering)
 Steering assembly removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Assembly inspection procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Steering assemblies
 Applicable to a passenger or light commercial
vehicles.
 Passenger or light commercial
 Motor cycle

Tasks may include:
Constructed vehicle i.e. Go-Kart, Formula SAE.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigating procedures and precautions.
 Steering assembly removal and replacement
procedures.
 Component inspection and determining functions.
 Assembly inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures,
organisation policies and procedures.
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 196
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools, vehicle lifting equipment, and may
include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Replacement parts as appropriate to the tasks.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use of tools,
equipment and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including methods,
precautions and order of operation.
 Manufacturer’s specifications, procedures and
precautions.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Steering assembly types and function.
 Basic wheel alignment procedures
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Steering system principle of operation and function
 types of steering assemblies
 Steering assembly removal and replacement
procedures and precautions
 major component names and function
 steering assembly inspection outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit

Preparing for and planning work activity location
and tools and equipment availability.

Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.

Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.

Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual and resource textbooks to guide
task/work (including removal and replacement
procedures and precautions).

Safe and correct performance of steering assembly
removal and replacement procedures.

Application and safe working requirements for
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 197
VBN692 Remove & replace steering assembly
equipment and components including use of vehicle
and personal protective equipment.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment

Component identification and function.

Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
supervision.
 Tasks and generic underpinning skills (national key
competencies) assessments to be integrated
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle fitted with brake assemblies
 Tools and special equipment as required
 Lifting equipment
 Resource text.
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of report
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN692 Remove & replace
steering assembly
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 198
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to operate automotive electrical test
equipment to enable the testing of circuits and/or components
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, clean
up and maintain the work area and produce a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the selection of
application, construction and testing of electrical/electronic
circuits and in technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
Plan for the use of
electrical test
equipment
1.1
1.2
1.3
2
Operate electrical test
equipment
Application of test equipment is identified and access
organised.
Suitable test equipment is determined for application in
consultation with supervisor.
Required reference materials, information/manuals,
textbooks are determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Information/manuals, text are accessed in consultation with
the supervisor.
2.1
Task instructions are used to determine requirements
including method, precautions and order of procedure.
2.2
Electrical test equipment settings are adjusted to suit task.
2.3
Circuit connection methods are determined and applied
correctly and safely.
VBN668 Operate electrical test
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 199
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
3
4
5
Analyse test
equipment results
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
2.6
Test equipment results are recorded for technical report.
3.1
Information is accessed and interpreted to allow comparison
against recorded measurements.
3.2
Recorded measurements are compared against expected
specifications.
3.3
Circuit/component operational condition is determined from
findings.
3.4
Outcomes are recorded for technical report
4.1
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
4.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.3
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Definition and application of voltage, amperage and resistance in electrical circuits, their
units and relationship to each other.
 Circuit types including series and parallel.
 Electrical component symbols
 Electrical test equipment identification and connection methods.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
VBN668 Operate electrical test
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 200
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Electrical test equipment
Tasks may include:

Electrical test equipment including 12volt test light,
ammeter, voltmeter, ohmmeter, multimeter, LED test
light and oscilloscope.

Electrical test equipment circuits may be operated as
individual or team tasks.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Identification and application of appropriate electrical
test equipment.
 Correct interpretation of electrical test equipment
results.
 Analysis of test results against manufacturer's
specifications.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive electrical test equipment including 12 volt test
light, ammeter, voltmeter, ohmmeter, millimetre, LED test
light and oscilloscope
Components and Materials may
include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Resistors, globes, fuses, relays, batteries, switches,
electrical circuit wiring and workshop manuals or
manufacturers specifications.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
 Procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including safe test equipment
operation and connection.
 Component and material types and applications.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and test procedures for
components.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
VBN668 Operate electrical test
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 201
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
communication.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Electrical test equipment identification and application.
 Safety precautions applicable to the use of electrical
test equipment.
 Recorded test results.
 Analysis of test results against known specifications.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing and planning work activity location and
tools, equipment and resource availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and access
relevant information.
 Reading, interpreting and applying manual/resource
text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Identification of electrical test equipment for specific
applications.
 Correct setting and connection of electrical test
equipment into a circuit/component.
 Interpretation of electrical test equipment results
against known specifications.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
VBN668 Operate electrical test
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 202
VBN668 Operate electrical test equipment
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle with electrical circuits (or a model developed
for the particular training purpose)
 Electrical test equipment including 12 volt test light,
ammeter, voltmeter, ohmmeter, millimetre, LED test
light, oscilloscope and workshop manuals and
manufacturers specifications
 Components including resistors, globes, fuses, relays,
batteries, switches and electrical circuit wiring
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation and inspection of practical work
performed (including the safe and correct use of
electrical measuring and test equipment).
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard of presentation and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN668 Operate electrical test
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 203
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to construct a range of lighting circuits
appropriate to the motor vehicle.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, draw
wiring diagrams, identify component and material requirements,
construct and test wiring circuits, perform electrical
measurements and calculations, clean up and maintain the work
area and produce technical reports.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the construction, testing
and measurement of lighting circuits and in technical report
preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1
1.1
Teacher/supervisor instructions are used to determine task
requirements.
1.2
Safe work area is located with access to relevant tools,
equipment and workbench.
1.3
Vehicle is identified and accessed to demonstrate lighting
circuit examples.
1.4
Required reference materials, information manuals and/or
textbooks are determined by reviewing task requirements
and to include Australian Design Rules (ADR) and
roadworthy requirements.
1.5
Information/manuals, text required are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Prepare for and plan
the construction tasks
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 204
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
2
3
1.6
Appropriate circuit construction and techniques are
determined including component wiring, crimping,
soldering and insulating applications in consultation with
the teacher/supervisor.
1.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.8
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Draw wiring diagrams 2.1
depicting construction
requirements
2.2
Individual wiring diagrams are drawn for each circuit to be
constructed.
List components and
materials needed to
construct the lighting
circuits
Symbols depicting applied voltage, earths, components
such as lamps, switches and relays are of automotive
industry standard.
2.3
Size/current carrying capacity of electrical cable and
terminals are to be identified.
2.4
Standard of the circuits produced is consistent with those
contained in automotive service manuals and textbooks.
2.5
Wiring diagrams and detail are recorded for technical
report.
2.6
Tasks/work requirements are confirmed in consultation
with the supervisor.
3.1
Task instructions are used to determine requirements
including method, precautions and order of procedure.
3.2
Material type and application is identified from wiring
circuit reference materials eg. terminals, electrical cable,
solder, conduit and insulation tape.
3.3
Material requirements are determined from the amount of
current carried by each circuit and its application.
3.4
Lamp, switching and protection device requirements are
determined from the wiring diagram, the application and
Australian Design Rules/Roadworthy requirements.
3.5
Globes/lamps are identified to suit the application, eg.
Physical size and shape, base type, single or double
filament, voltage and wattage.
3.6
Component and material requirements are listed and
recorded for technical report.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 205
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
4
5
Construct lighting
circuits
Carry out lighting
circuit test
3.7
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.8
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.9
Component and material requirements and availability are
confirmed in consultation with the supervisor.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
4.2
Component manufacturer installation and connection
information are read, interpreted and applied.
4.3
Select and prepare components and materials for use in
circuit construction.
4.4
Tools, equipment and circuit connection methods are
selected and applied correctly and safely.
4.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine test
requirements.
5.2
Battery/power source requirement is selected and connected
to the circuit correctly and safely.
5.3
All lighting circuits is tested by observing the operation and
control of each circuit.
5.4
Circuit fault testing equipment is to be used correctly and
safely.
Faults detected are corrected and the circuit re-tested to
confirm operation to specifications.
5.5
5.6
Circuit testing outcomes are recorded for the technical
report.
5.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.8
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 206
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
6
7
8
Perform
measurements and
calculations
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, equipment and application.
6.2
Task method and resource information is read, interpreted
and applied.
6.3
Applied voltage, actual current flow and resistance of each
electrical circuit is measured.
6.4
Theoretical resistance and current flow of each circuit is
calculated.
6.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.6
Measurements and calculations are recorded for the
technical report.
6.7
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
7.1
Constructed circuit is dismantled after consultation with the
supervisor.
7.2
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
7.3
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
7.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.6
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
7.7
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 207
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Definition and application of voltage, amperage and resistance in electrical circuits, their
units and relationship to each other.
 Series and parallel circuits and their application.
 Wiring diagram development methods, standard and symbols.
 Australian Design Rules and Roadworthy Regulations relating to circuit construction.
 Types of electrical cable and terminals and current carrying capacity relevant to lighting
circuits.
 Types of globes and their application (type - size and shape, base type, single and double
filament, voltage and application - stop, tail, indicator, telltale, number plate and relevant
wattage).
 Components used in the construction of lighting circuits (types of lamps, switches, relays,
safety devices and earthing requirements).
 Materials used in the construction of lighting circuits (electrical cable and terminals, solder,
conduit and insulation tape).
 Circuit construction methods (joining, soldering, crimping positioning, attaching and
insulating).
 Lighting circuit testing and fault identification and rectification procedures.
 Current, voltage and resistance measurement and calculation procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle/lighting circuits
Tasks may include:

A vehicle with light circuitry may be a motor vehicle,
chassis or model developed for the particular training
purpose.

Circuits may be constructed as individual task or a
construct vehicle, i.e. Formula SAE, Go-Kart.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Wiring diagram drawings and the use of component
symbols.
 List components and materials needed to construct the
lighting circuits.
 Construct lighting circuits.
 Test lighting circuits.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 208
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
 Perform electrical measurements and calculations.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:  See Vehicle/Lighting Circuits.
 Automotive hand tools, soldering equipment, volt, amp
and ohm meters (or multimeter) and a test light and
may include terminal crimping related special tools.
Materials may include:
 Electrical cable and terminals, solder and flux, conduit,
insulation tape, switches, lamps and globes.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
Personal protective equipment
may include:
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may  Procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
include:
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including circuit construction,
testing and measurement methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Relevant Australian Design Rules and Roadworthy
Regulation, specifications, operations and
maintenance procedures.
 Component and material types, loads and
applications.
 Component manufacturer installation and connection
information.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
Technical report that includes:
 Constructed wiring diagram(s) including a list of
symbols used
 cable and terminal type, size and quantity
 component (lamp, switches, fuses, etc.) type and
number
 globe type, number and application, voltage and
wattage
 Lighting circuit tests outcome
 measurement and calculation outcomes.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 209
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
 Preparing and planning work activity location and
tools, equipment and resource availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and access
relevant information.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Development of a circuit diagram(s) reflecting the
requirements of the tasks.
 Determining the components and materials required.
 Construction of lighting circuits.
 Lighting circuit testing.
 Performance of electrical measurements and
calculations.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop - "in house"
or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 A "vehicle" requiring light circuitry (may be a motor
vehicle, chassis or a model developed for the
particular training purpose).
 Crimping tool, appropriate soldering equipment, test
light and electrical test metres as identified in the
Range Statement.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 210
VBN669 Construct lighting circuits
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation and inspection of practical work
performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard of presentation and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN669 Construct lighting
circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 211
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
Unit Descriptor
Pre-requisite Units
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace an automotive
vehicle alternator.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
investigate battery and connections and alternator wiring circuits,
clean unit and inspect assembly drive, perform task completion
test and inspection, maintain work area, tools and equipment and
prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
VBN 668 Operate electrical test equipment
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the alternator, task completion inspection and
technical report preparation.
Employability skills
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2
Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment and workbench.
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text
are determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, text are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 212
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
2
3
4
5
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove alternator
Clean alternator and
inspect assembly
including drive pulley
and fan belt
Replace alternator
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Removal and replacement precautions, procedures, special
tools and equipment requirements including electrical
disconnection and reconnection are identified from vehicle
manufacturer manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Alternator is cleaned using the relevant method, precautions,
procedures, solvent and equipment.
4.2
Assembly is inspected including drive pulley, fan belt and
compare to manufacturer’s information and specifications.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Information is recorded for technical report.
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 213
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
6
7
8
Carry out task
completion test and
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools and equipment.
5.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Alternator location is inspected, attachment bolt tension is
retested and electrical connections are inspected in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
6.2
Alternator is tested by starting the engine and checking the
output voltage from the charging system (if operational).
6.3
Supervisor confirms the inspection procedure and outcome.
6.4
Inspection procedure and outcomes are identified and
recorded for technical report.
7.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
8.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Battery polarity and connections.
 Alternator electrical circuits, components and function.
 Types of alternators and fan belts.
 Alternator removal and replace method, precautions and procedures.
 Unit cleaning methods, precautions, tools and equipment.
 Cleaning solvent types relevant to application, storage and handling.
 Task completion inspection and charging system test procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 214
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Motor vehicle may include:
 Operational motor vehicle may include passenger motor
vehicle, light commercial, heavy vehicle, motor cycle.

Tasks may include:
Engine may be mounted conventionally or east west.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Investigate alternator and fan belt types, electrical
circuits and component function.
 Investigate battery types, application, polarity and
connections.
 Correct and safe alternator removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Clean unit assembly and inspect drive pulley and fan
belt.
 Performing an end of task test and component
inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures..
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools, voltmeter or multimeter, and may
include product related special tools.
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvents.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 215
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual.
 Alternator and fan belt types, circuit wiring,
components and their function.
 Unit cleaning methods and precautions.
 Drive pulley and fan belt inspection procedures, tools
and equipment.
 End of task testing and inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling
Technical report that includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Alternator type and function
 Wiring circuit illustration
 Removal and replacement precautions and procedures
 Special tool(s)/equipment used
 Component identification
 Task completion inspection procedure and outcome.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop – simulated
workplace or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skill assessments to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task assessments.
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 216
VBN670 Remove & replace alternator
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately..
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop – simulated
workplace or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skill assessments to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Operational motor vehicle
 Tools and special equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN670 Remove & replace
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 217
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble an alternator
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle and assemble an alternator.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, clean,
test and inspect alternator components including, brackets, rotor,
stator, brush assembly, rectifier, maintain work area, tools and
equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit
VBN 668 Operate electrical test equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in dismantling and assembly
of the alternator, task completion inspection and technical report
preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Alternator to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2
Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment and workbench.
1.3
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, text is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the dismantle and
assembly task
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 218
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
2
3
4
5
Investigate dismantle
and assembly
procedures and
precautions
Dismantle alternator
Clean, inspect and test
alternator components
Assemble alternator
2.1
Dismantle and assembly instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Dismantle and assembly precautions, procedures, special
tools and equipment requirements are identified from
vehicle manufacturer’s manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
dismantle method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to alternator,
components, tools or equipment.
4.1
Alternator components are cleaned and inspected using the
relevant method, precautions, procedures, solvent and
equipment.
4.2
Alternator components are inspected and their functions
identified including brackets, rotor, stator, brush assembly,
rectifier.
4.3
Alternator components are tested electrically including rotor,
stator and rectifier.
4.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.5
Task is performed without causing damage to alternator,
components, tools and equipment.
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
assembly method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 219
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
6
7
8
Carry out task
completion test and
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to alternator,
components, tools and equipment.
6.1
Alternator operation is tested using an alternator test bench
or other suitable test equipment.
6.2
Supervisor confirms the inspection procedure and outcome.
6.3
Inspection procedure and outcomes are identified and
recorded for technical report.
7.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Alternator types and application.
 Alternator electrical circuits, components and function.
 Alternator component function.
 Alternator inspection and testing procedures.
 Test equipment operation.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 220
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
situations that may affect performance.
Alternator may include:
Tasks may include:
Operational alternator from:

Passenger motor vehicle

Light commercial

Heavy vehicle.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate dismantle and assembly procedures and
precautions.
 Investigate alternator component functions.
 Correct and safe alternator dismantle and assembly
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Alternator component cleaning, testing and inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: 
Automotive hand tools.

Product related special tools.

Electrical test equipment such as an alternator test
bench.

Cleaning bay.
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvent.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
including precautions and precautions.
 Alternator types and application.
 Alternator components and their function.
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 221
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
 Component cleaning, testing and inspection methods
and precautions.
 End of task testing and inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling
Technical report that includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Alternator types
 Alternator principles of operation
 Component function
 Task completion inspection procedure and outcome.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a starter motor.
 Unit cleaning and drive component inspection
operations.
 Post task test and inspection procedures.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 222
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble alternator
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skill assessments to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Operational alternator/s
 Tools and special equipment
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN671 Dismantle & assemble
alternator
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 223
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and replace an automotive
vehicle starter motor.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
investigate battery and connections and starter motor wiring
circuits, clean unit and inspect drive components, perform task
completion test and inspection, maintain work area, tools and
equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit
VBN 668 Operate Electrical equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and
replacement of the engine and transaxle, task completion
inspection and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2
Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment and workbench.
1.3
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, text is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
the removal and
replacement task
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 224
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
safely under supervision.
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and replacement
procedures and
precautions
Remove starter motor
Clean starter motor
unit and inspect drive
components
2.1
Removal and replacement instructions are used to determine
task requirements including method, precautions and order
of procedure.
2.2
Starter motor removal, replacement inspection and test
procedures, special tools and equipment information is
obtained from the relevant manufacturer’s service and repair
manuals and/or task instruction workbooks.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.5
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Starter motor unit is cleaned using the relevant method,
precautions, procedures, solvent and equipment.
4.2
Starter motor drive components are inspected and identified
including drive pinion, engine ring gear, one-way clutch
assembly operation and compare to manufacturer’s
information.
4.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.4
Components are recorded or technical report.
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 225
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
5
6
7
8
Replace starter motor
Carry out task
completion test and
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools and equipment.
5.6
Replacement procedures are recorded for technical report.
6.1
Starter motor location is inspected, attachment bolt tension
is retested and electrical connections are inspected in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
6.2
Starter motor is tested by operating the motor and cranking
the engine.
6.3
Inspection procedure and outcomes are identified and
recorded for technical report.
7.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and stored in accordance
with workshop procedures.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
8.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Starter motor electrical circuits, components and function including battery polarity
connections
 Types of starter motor drives.
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 226
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
 Starter motor removal and replacement methods, precautions and procedures.
 Cleaning solvent types relevant to application, storage and handling.
 Task completion inspection and starter motor test procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Motor vehicle may include:
 Motor vehicle/engine assembly with a battery, starter
motor and relevant fittings and attachments.
 Motor vehicle may include passenger motor vehicle,
light commercial, heavy vehicle, motor cycle.

Tasks may include:
Engine may be mounted conventionally or east west.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and replacement procedures and
precautions.
 Investigate starter drive types, electrical circuits and
component function including battery polarities.
 Correct and safe starter motor removal and replacement
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Clean unit assembly and inspect external drive
component.
 Performing an end of task test and component
inspection.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools and may include product related
special tools and vehicle lifting equipment.
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvent and may include battery electrolyte.
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 227
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
including precautions.

Starter motor drive types, circuit wiring, components
and their function including battery polarity
connections.
 Unit cleaning methods and precautions.
 Drive component inspection procedures, tools and
equipment.
 End of task testing and inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling.
Technical report that includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Starter motor drive type
 Wiring circuit illustration
 Component identification
 Removal and replacement procedures and precautions
 Special tools and equipment used
 Task completion inspection procedure and outcome.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 228
VBN672 Remove & replace starter motor
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and replacement of a starter motor.
 Unit cleaning and drive component inspection
operations.
 Post task test and inspection procedures.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop - "in house"
or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An operational motor vehicle including an engine
assembly with a battery, starter motor and relevant
fittings and attachments.
 Tools and special equipment.
 Resource text
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN672 Remove & replace
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 229
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to dismantle and assemble a starter
motor.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, clean,
test and inspect starter motor components including, brackets,
armature, field windings, solenoid, brush assembly, perform task
completion test and inspection, maintain work area, tools and
equipment and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit
VBN 668 Operate electrical test equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the dismantling and
assembly of the starter motor, task completion inspection and
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Starter motor to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2
Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment and workbench.
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Prepare for and plan
the dismantling and
assembling task
1.3
1.4
Required information/manuals, text is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 230
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
safely under supervision.
2
3
4
Investigate
dismantling and
assembling
procedures and
precautions
Dismantle starter
motor
Clean, inspect and test
starter motor
components
2.1
Dismantling and assembling instructions are used to
determine task requirements including method, precautions
and order of procedure.
2.2
Dismantling and assembling precautions, procedures, special
tools and equipment requirements are identified from vehicle
manufacturer’s manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
dismantle method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to starter motor,
components, tools or equipment.
4.1
Starter motor components are cleaned and inspected using
the relevant method, precautions, procedures, solvent and
equipment.
4.2
Starter motor components are inspected and their function
identified including brackets, armature, field windings,
solenoid and brush assembly.
4.3
Starter motor components are tested electrically including
armature, field windings, solenoid and compare to
manufacturer’s information and specifications.
4.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.5
Component function is recorded for technical report.
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 231
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
5
6
7
8
Assemble starter
motor
Carry out task
completion test and
inspection
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
assembly method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
5.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected and
correctly used.
5.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
5.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
5.5
Task is performed without causing damage to starter motor,
components, tools and equipment.
6.1
Test starter motor operation using a battery and appropriate
cables.
6.2
Supervisor confirms the inspection procedure and outcome.
6.3
Inspection procedure and outcomes are identified and
recorded for technical report.
7.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
7.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
7.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
8.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Starter motor types and principles of operation.
 Starter motor electrical circuits, components and function.
 Starter motor dismantle and reassembly method, precaution and procedures.
 Component inspection, testing and cleaning methods and precautions.
 Task completion inspection and starter motor test procedures and reporting requirements.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 232
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Starter motor
 Operational starter motor.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate dismantle and assembly procedures and
precautions.
 Investigate starter motor component functions.
 Correct and safe starter motor dismantle and assembly
procedures in accordance with the appropriate vehicle
manufacturer’s maintenance manual requirements.
 Starter motor component cleaning, testing and
inspection.
 Starter motor final testing.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Automotive hand tools and may include product related
special tools.
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvent.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and
maintenance of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Starter motor principles of operation.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
and specifications.
 Starter motor types and application.
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 233
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
 Starter motor components and their function.
 Component cleaning, testing and inspection methods
and precautions.
 End of task testing and inspection procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling.
Technical report that includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Starter motor types and component function
 Starter motor principles of operation
 Starter motor inspection and test procedures and
outcome.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Dismantle and assembly of a starter motor.
 Starter motor component cleaning, testing and
inspection operations.
 Post task test and inspection procedures.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 234
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble starter motor
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop – simulated or
through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Operational starter motor
 Tools and special equipment as required
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN673 Dismantle & assemble
starter motor
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 235
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and refit batteries from a
vehicle engine.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
investigate battery types and connections, perform task completion
test and inspection, maintain work area, tools and equipment and
prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
Employability skills
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
Application of the Unit knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the removal and refitting
of the battery, task completion inspection and technical report
preparation.
Unit Descriptor
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1.1 Vehicle/battery to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2 Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment and workbench.
1.3 Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4 Required information/manual, is accessed in consultation
with the supervisor.
1.5 Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6 Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
1
Prepare for and plan
the removal,
recharging and
refitting task
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 236
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
2
3
4
Investigate removal
and refitting
procedures and
precautions
Remove battery
Refit battery
2.1
Removal and refitting instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
procedure.
2.2
Removal and refitting precautions, procedures, special tools
and equipment requirements including electrical
disconnection and reconnection are identified from vehicle
manufacturer’s manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Special tools and equipment requirements are recorded for
technical report.
2.5
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
3.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
removal method and procedures previously identified are
applied.
3.2
Tools appropriate to the task are selected and correctly used.
3.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.4
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.5
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools or equipment.
3.6
Removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Task requirements including specifications, precautions and
replacement method and procedures previously identified
are applied.
4.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the task are selected
and correctly used.
4.3
Battery, battery terminals, battery hold-down strap and
vehicle battery compartment are cleaned using appropriate
solvent and procedures.
4.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
4.6
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle,
components, tools and equipment.
4.7
Refitting procedures are recorded for technical report.
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 237
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
5
6
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
5.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
5.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
6.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Battery types and application.
 Battery polarity and connections.
 Battery removal and refitting method, precautions and procedures.
 Battery cleaning methods, precautions, tools and equipment.
 Cleaning solvent types relevant to application, storage and handling.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Motor vehicle may include:
 Motor vehicle including an engine assembly with a battery,
and relevant fittings and attachments:
- Passenger motor vehicle
- Light commercial
- Motor cycle
- Heavy vehicle
- Construct vehicle, i.e. Formula SAE, Go-Kart.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate removal and refitting procedures and precautions.
 Investigate battery types, application, polarity and
connections.
 Correct and safe battery removal and refitting procedures in
accordance with the appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 238
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
maintenance manual requirements.
 Clean battery.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations,
manual handling procedures, organisation policies and
procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive hand tools.
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvent.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance
of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
including precautions and battery polarity.
 Battery types, application and connections.
 Battery cleaning methods and precautions.
 Battery recharging procedures.
 End of task testing procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling.
Technical report that
includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Battery types
 Removal and replacement precautions and procedures
 Special tools and equipment.
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 239
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate
and access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle
maintenance manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Removal and refitting of a battery.
 Battery cleaning and connection inspection
operations.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop – simulated
workplace or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An operational motor vehicle
 Automotive hand tools
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 240
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN674 Remove & refit batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 241
VBN675 Recharge batteries
VBN675 Recharge batteries
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to recharge batteries from vehicle
engines.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task,
investigate battery types and connections, perform task completion
test and inspection, maintain work area, tools and equipment and
prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills recharging the battery/s, task
completion test and technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Battery to be worked on is identified and accessed.
1.2
Safe work location, within a workshop, is identified to
include suitable tools, equipment, workbench and
recharging area.
1.3
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, text is accessed and in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the recharging task
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 242
VBN675 Recharge batteries
2
3
4
5
Investigate recharging
procedures and
precautions
Recharge and clean
battery and battery
hold down device
Carry out task
completion test
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
2.1
Recharging instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method, precautions and order of
procedure.
2.2
Recharging precautions, procedures, special tools and
equipment requirements including electrical disconnection
and reconnection are identified from vehicle manufacturer’s
manuals.
2.3
Availability of special tools and equipment is determined in
consultation with the supervisor.
2.4
Task specifications and resource information are read and
interpreted.
2.5
Special tools and charging equipment are recorded for
technical report.
3.1
Use teacher/supervisors instructions to determine task requirements.
3.2
Battery and battery terminals are cleaned using the relevant
precautions, procedures, solvent and equipment.
3.3
Level of battery electrolyte is checked and replenished in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
3.4
Battery is recharged using the relevant method, precautions
and procedures.
3.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance with specific attention to an appropriate battery
recharging area.
3.6
Charging procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Battery specific gravity and voltage output is tested to be in
accordance with manufacturer’s information and
specifications.
4.2
Supervisor confirms the test procedure and outcome.
4.3
Test procedure and outcomes are identified and recorded for
technical report.
5.1
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
5.2
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements
5.3
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 243
VBN675 Recharge batteries
6
Prepare a technical
report
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, content and report format.
6.2
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Battery types and principles of operation.
 Battery electrolyte type.
 Battery recharging procedures and precautions.
 Battery cleaning methods and precautions.
 Battery test procedures.
 Work area, tools and equipment clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Motor vehicle may include:
 Motor vehicle battery.
 Battery type may suit passenger motor vehicle, light
commercial, heavy vehicle, motor cycle, construct vehicle,
i.e. Formula SAE, Go-Kart.
Tasks may include:
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Investigate recharging procedures and precautions.
 Investigate battery types, application, polarity and
connections.
 Correct and safe recharging procedures in accordance with
the appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s maintenance manual
requirements.
 Clean battery.
 Performing an end of task test.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 244
VBN675 Recharge batteries
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations,
manual handling procedures, organisation policies and
procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Battery charging area
 Battery charger
 Test equipment including hydrometer, multimeter, voltmeter
Materials may include:
Cleaning solvent and battery electrolyte.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures relating to the use and maintenance
of tools, equipment and the workshop.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions,
procedures and order of operations.
 Relevant vehicle manufacturers maintenance manual
including precautions and battery polarity.
 Battery types, application and connections.
 Battery cleaning methods and precautions.
 Battery recharging procedures.
 End of task testing procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Solvent types and application, storage and handling.
Technical report that
includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Battery types and principle of operation
 Battery recharging equipment and procedures
 Special tools and charging equipment.
 Task completion test outcomes:
 Specific gravity
 Output voltage.
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 245
VBN675 Recharge batteries
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing for and planning work activity location and
tools and equipment availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and locate and
access relevant information.
 Identification of appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
maintenance manual/resource text.
 Reading, interpreting and applying vehicle maintenance
manual/resource text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Recharging a battery.
 Battery cleaning and connection inspection operations.
 Post task battery test procedures.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific
resources for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the follow criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop – simulated
workplace or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skill assessments to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 An operational vehicle battery
 Tools and special equipment such as including
voltmeter, millimetre, hydrometer and battery charger.
 Safe battery recharging area
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 246
VBN675 Recharge batteries
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN675 Recharge batteries
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 247
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to construct basic electronic circuits and
to enable an understanding of basic electronic components systems
as used in the motor vehicle.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, draw
electronic system block and circuit diagrams, identify electronic
components and their application, construct and test electronic
circuits, clean up and maintain the work area and produce a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit
VBN 668 Operate electronic test equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the selection of
application, construction and testing of electronic circuits and in
technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine task
requirements.
1.2
Safe work area is located with access to work bench,
relevant tools and equipment.
1.3
Electronic circuit demonstration vehicle is
identified/accessed..
1.4
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.5
Required information/manuals, text is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.6
Appropriate circuit construction techniques are determined
including printed circuit boards, soldering and crimping in
Prepare for and plan
the construction tasks
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 248
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
consultation with teacher/supervisor.
2
Draw circuit
diagrams, list
components and
materials needed to
construct electronic
circuits
1.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of task.
1.8
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Electronic circuit diagrams applicable to system and
application requirements are drawn.
2.2
Electronic components are drawn such as resistors,
capacitors, diodes, transistors, thermostats, and depicted
consistent with application requirements and automotive
service manual standard symbols.
2.3
Electronic circuit diagrams are recorded for technical report.
2.4
Equipment and material requirements such as power supply,
circuit boards, heat sinks, sheet metal, soldering equipment,
solder terminals and electronic wiring are listed.
Component/materials list are recorded for technical report.
2.5
2.6
3
4
Construct electronic
circuits
3.1
Tasks/work requirements are confirmed in consultation with
supervisor.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application
3.2
Component manufacturer’s installation and connection
information is read, interpreted and applied.
3.3
Components and materials for use in circuit construction are
selected and prepared.
3.4
Tools, equipment and circuit connection methods are
selected and applied correctly and safely.
3.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
Test electronic circuits 4.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine test
requirements.
4.2
Battery/power source requirement is selected and connected
in the circuit appropriately and safely.
4.3
Electronic circuits are tested by observing the operation and
control application.
4.4
Circuit fault testing equipment (such as millimetre or
oscilloscope) is used as appropriate, correctly and safely.
4.5
Faults detected are corrected and re-tested to confirm their
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 249
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
operation.
5
6
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.6
Circuit testing outcomes are recorded for technical report.
4.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.8
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
4.9
Test results are recorded for technical report.
5.1
Constructed circuit is dismantled after consultation with the
supervisor if required.
5.2
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.3
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
5.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
5.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
5.6
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
5.7
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
6.3
Information is gathered from previous tasks for a technical
report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe work practices, policies and procedures.
 Definition and application of electronic circuits in motor vehicles.
 Electronic component identification and application/function.
 Electronic circuit diagram drawing methods.
 Electronic circuit testing, fault identification and rectification procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 250
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Basic electronic circuits may
include:
Tasks may include:
Safety (OHS) may include:
Tools and equipment may
include:

A range of electronic components and printed circuit board
material or model developed for the particular training
purpose.

Electronic circuits may be constructed as individual or team
tasks.

Task preparation and planning requirements.

Identification and application of vehicle electronic
components/units.

Drawing electronic system block diagrams, electronic circuit
diagrams and the use of component symbols.

List components, materials and equipment needed to construct
the electronic circuits.

Construct electronic circuits to selected applications.

Test electronic circuits.

End of task work area, tools and equipment maintenance.

Preparation of a technical report.

OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.

Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
 Automotive electronic hand tools.
 Soldering equipment.
 Power supply.
 Testing equipment such as multimeter and oscilloscope.
Components and materials
may include:
Components and materials such as circuit boards, heat sinks,
sheet metal, electronic wiring, terminals, solder, switches, lamps,
relays, diodes, resistors, capacitors, transistors, and thermostats,
or components relevant to circuit being constructed.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 251
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
Information and procedures
may include:
 Procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and





Technical report that
includes:
workshop maintenance.
Task/work instructions including circuit construction, testing
methods, precautions and order of operation.
Component and material types and applications.
Component manufacturer installation and connection
information.
Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Identification and application of electronic circuits in motor
vehicles.
 Block diagrams and electronic circuit diagrams depicting
selected electronic components.
 Electronic component type and application.
 Electronic circuit test outcomes.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing and planning work activity location and
tools, equipment and resource availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and access
relevant information.
 Reading, interpreting and applying manual/resource
text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Identification of electronic circuit applications in a
vehicle.
 Development of an electronic circuit diagram(s)
reflecting the task applications.




Determining the components and materials required.
Construction of electronic circuits.
Electronic circuit testing.
Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 252
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 253
VBN676 Construct basic electronic circuits
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skill assessments to be integrated with
knowledge and practical performance task
assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Electronic components and materials.
 Power supply, soldering equipment, electronic test
equipment such as millimetre and oscilloscope.
 Tools used in the construction of electronic circuit
boards.
 Safe work area for the construction of electronic
circuit boards.
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation and inspection of practical work
performed (including the safe and correct use of
electronic measuring and test equipment).
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard of presentation and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN676 Construct basic
electronic circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 254
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to construct basic microcomputer circuits
and to enable an understanding of a control system i.e. Engine
management system.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, draw
electronic system block diagrams, identify electronic components
and their application, construct and test electronic circuits, clean
up and maintain the work area and produce a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit
VBN 866 Operate electronic test equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion,
judgement and problem solving skills in the selection of
application, construction and testing of microcomputer circuits and
in technical report preparation.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine task
requirements.
1.2
Safe work area with access to relevant tools, equipment
and workbench is located.
1.3
Access vehicle is identified to demonstrate application of
microcomputer circuits.
1.4
Required reference materials, information/manuals, text are
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.5
Information/manuals, text are accessed in consultation with
supervisor.
1.6
Appropriate circuit construction and techniques is
determined including component wiring, printed circuit
boards, crimping, soldering in consultation with the
Prepare for and plan
the construction tasks
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 255
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
teacher/supervisor
2
3
Draw electronic block
diagrams and list
components and
materials needed to
construct
microcomputer circuits
Construct
microcomputer
circuits
1.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.8
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely under supervision.
2.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine task
requirements.
2.2
Electronic block diagram/s applicable to system and
application requirements are drawn.
2.3
Electronic components are listed such as sensors, actuators,
signal processor and displays. Components are depicted
consistent with application requirements and automotive
service manual standard symbols.
2.4
Microcomputer circuit diagrams are recorded for technical
report.
2.5
Components and materials list is prepared to meet
construction requirements.
2.6
Components/material list are recorded for the technical
report.
2.7
Tasks/work requirements are confirmed in consultation with
the supervisor.
3.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
3.2
Component manufacturer’s installation and connection
information is read, interpreted and applied.
3.3
Components and materials is selected and prepared for use
in circuit construction.
3.4
Tools, equipment and circuit connection methods are
selected and applied correctly and safely.
3.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 256
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
4
5
6
Test microcomputer
circuits
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method, materials and application.
4.2
Battery/power source requirement selected and connected in
the circuit appropriately and safely.
4.3
Microcomputer circuits are tested by observing the operation
and control of each circuit.
4.4
Circuit fault testing equipment such as millimetre or
oscilloscope is used as appropriate, correctly and safely.
4.5
Faults detected are corrected and re-tested to confirm their
operation.
4.6
Circuit testing outcomes are recorded for the technical
report.
4.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
4.8
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
5.1
Constructed circuit is dismantled after consultation with the
supervisor.
5.2
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.3
Test equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
5.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
5.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
5.6
Unserviceable equipment is tagged and reported.
5.7
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
6.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 257
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Workshop safe working practices, policies and procedures.
 Definition and application of microcomputer circuits in passenger motor vehicles such as
electronic fuel engine management, drive management and body management systems.
 Major component application/function such as sensor, signal processor, actuators and
display.
 Microcomputer system block diagram drawing.
 Microcomputer circuit testing, fault identification and rectification procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report layout and formatting requirements.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Microcomputer circuits may
include:
Tasks may include:

A vehicle with an on-board computer (engine
management system) or model developed for the
particular training purpose.

Electronic circuits may be constructed as individual or
team tasks.
 Task preparation and planning requirements.
 Identification and application of vehicle on-board
computer system.
 Drawing microcomputer system block diagrams and the
use of component symbols.
 List components, materials and equipment needed to
construct the microcomputer circuits.
 Construct microcomputer circuits to selected
applications.
 Test microcomputer circuits.
 End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 258
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
Tools and equipment may include:  Vehicle with on-board computer system (engine, body,
drive management)
 Test equipment including oscilloscope, multimeter,
product special equipment as applicable
 Power supply
 Soldering equipment
 Electronic hand tools.
Components and Materials may
include:
 Solder
 Microprocessor
 Actuators
 Sensors
 Electronic components applicable to tasks
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses and safety footwear.
 Procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
and workshop maintenance.
 Task/work instructions including circuit construction,
testing methods, precautions and order of operation.
 Component and material types and applications.
 Component manufacturer installation and connection
information.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Technical report that includes:
 Technical report layout and formatting information.
 Identification and application of vehicle on board
computer systems
 Microcomputer block diagram and application
 Component and material list
 Microcomputer test procedures.
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 259
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Preparing and planning work activity location and
tools, equipment and resource availability.
 Interpretation of task/work requirements and access
relevant information.
 Reading, interpreting and applying manual/resource
text to guide task/work.
 Application of safe handling requirements for
equipment, products and materials, including use of
personal protective equipment.
 Identification of microcomputer applications in a
vehicle.
 Development of a microcomputer circuit diagram(s)
reflecting the task applications.
 Determining the components and materials required.
 Construction of microcomputer circuits.
 Microcomputer circuit testing.
 Maintenance of the work area, tools and equipment
used.
 Production of a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment is to be conducted in a suitably equipped
environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge to be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated with
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle with an on-board computer (engine, drive, and
body management) system or a model developed for
the particular training purpose).
 Power supply, soldering equipment, electronic test
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 260
VBN677 Construct microcomputer circuits
equipment such as millimetre or oscilloscope.
 Resources relating to vehicle management systems,
microcomputer systems and component identification
and application.
 Electronic components
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation and inspection of practical work
performed (including the safe and correct use of
electronic and electronic measuring and test
equipment).
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard of presentation and
content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN677 Construct
microcomputer circuits
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 261
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand-skill procedures
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency carry out basic panel beating hand-skill
procedures.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of hand tools and their application, select and correctly use
tools, maintain work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
VBN 678 Maintain Vehicle Body Hand Tools
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the selection of specialised hand tools
and the application of body panel blocking, shaping and finishing
techniques.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Tools, equipment and vehicle/body panels are identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, equipment and
vehicle/body panels.
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Prepare for and plan
panel beating handskill tasks
1.3
1.4
1.5
VBN679 Carry out panel beating
hand skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 262
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
1.6
2
Block and shape a
panel to pre-paint
finish
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.6
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task/s procedures are recorded for technical report.
3.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
3.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
2.4
2.5
3
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
3.3
3.4
3.5
4
Prepare a technical
report
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions including blocking,
shaping and surface finishing.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop safety
and environmental requirements.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
4.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
4.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of panel beating hand tools and their use.
 Blocking, shaping and metal finishing techniques.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle/panel beating procedures
 Selection of damaged vehicle body panels.
Panel blocking and shaping
VBN679 Carry out panel beating
hand skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 263
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
Tasks may include:
Metal finishing.
 Selection of hand tools and equipment
 Panel beating skill procedures
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Specialised hand tools appropriate to vehicle body panel
blocking, shaping and finishing.
Abrasives, cleaning agents.
That is prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to panel
beating hand skills.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Hand tools and equipment appropriate to tasks
 Block and shaping techniques

Surface finishing techniques.
VBN679 Carry out panel beating
hand skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 264
VBN679 Carry out panel beating hand skill procedures
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct and safe application of body panel hand skills
including shaping, blocking and metal finishing.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop - "in house"
or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated
within knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitably equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle body panels
 Panel beating hand tools and equipment
as identified in the Range Statement
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN679 Carry out panel beating
hand skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 265
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
Unit Descriptor
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out vehicle damage assessment.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of vehicle body construction, vehicle body components and
materials used in manufacture, perform vehicle body
measurements, clean up and maintain the work area and prepare a
damage report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
VBN 678 Maintain Vehicle Body Hand Tools
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in vehicle body damage assessment and
the preparation of a damage report.
Employability skills
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle with appropriate body damage is identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, vehicle measuring
and inspection equipment.
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, textbooks are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the visual assessment
tasks
VBN680 Carry out visual damage
assessment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 266
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
2
3
4
Identify extent of
vehicle body damage
2.1
Vehicle manufacturer’s specifications are used to determine
task requirements including method and precautions.
2.2
Hand tools and inspection equipment appropriate to the task
are selected.
2.3
Vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and resource
information are read, interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle, hand
tools or equipment.
2.7
Inspection activities are recorded for damage report.
Perform minor vehicle 3.1
body measurements
Vehicle manufacturer’s specifications are used to determine
task requirements including method and precautions.
3.2
Measuring instruments appropriate to the task are selected.
3.3
Vehicle manufacturer’s specifications and resource
information are read, interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the
work performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Task is performed without causing damage to vehicle or
measuring equipment.
3.7
Measurements against vehicle specifications are recorded for
damage report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with workshop requirements.
4.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop safety
and environmental requirements.
4.5
Unserviceable equipment and tools are tagged and reported.
4.6
Task requirements are performed safely under supervision.
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
VBN680 Carry out visual damage
assessment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 267
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
5
Prepare a damage
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a damage report.
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle body construction.
 Vehicle body components and materials used in manufacture.
 Inspection and assessment procedures.
 Vehicle body measurement procedures.
 Vehicle manufacturer’s specifications.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Damage report requirements and formatting.
 Personal safety requirements.
 Manual lifting techniques.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle may include:
Tasks may include:

Vehicle/s with damaged body panels, frame, and
fittings.

Vehicle may include passenger motor vehicle, light
commercial, heavy vehicle.

Task preparation and planning requirements.

Identifying vehicle body types of construction.

Identifying vehicle body components and materials
used in manufacture.

Vehicle damage inspection and assessment.

Performing minor vehicle body measurements and
comparing to vehicle specifications.

End of task work area, tools and equipment
maintenance.

Preparation of a damage report.
VBN680 Carry out visual damage
assessment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 268
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
Safety (OHS) may include:
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:

OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.

Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.

Automotive body repair hand tools

Inspection equipment such a lighting

Measuring instruments

Lifting equipment.
Cleaning solvents as applicable.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
visual inspection, measurement and assessment of
vehicle damage and the preparation of damage report.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications.
 Type of vehicle and body construction
 Vehicle body components and material used in
manufacture.
 Extent of vehicle body damage

Vehicle body measurements compared to vehicle
specifications
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identify appropriate vehicle manufacturer’s
VBN680 Carry out visual damage
assessment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 269
VBN680 Carry out visual damage assessment
specifications and vehicle damage assessment
resource information.
 Read, interpret and apply vehicle specifications and
resource text to guide task/work.
 Perform vehicle inspection and assessment of the
extent of body damage.
 Perform vehicle body measurements and compare to
vehicle specifications.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare damage report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle with body damage (panels, frame, fittings)
 Hand tools, measuring instruments and equipment
 Lifting equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN680 Carry out visual damage
assessment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 270
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to remove and realign vehicle body
panels.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types and construction of vehicle body panels, select and correctly
use tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
VBN678
Maintain Vehicle Body Hand Tools
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the realignment of body panels to a
vehicle.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Tools, equipment and vehicle body panels are identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, equipment and
vehicle/body panels.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks is identified is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Prepare for and plan
vehicle body panel
removal and
realignment tasks
1.3
1.4
1.5
VBN681 Remove & realign body
panels
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 271
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
2
Remove body panels
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3
Dismantle and
assemble body panels
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Tools and equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
3.3
Body panel dismantling and assembling procedures and
resource information are read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Body panel dismantling and assembling procedures are
recorded for technical report.
3.4
3.5
3.6
4
Replace and realign
body panels
Body panel removal procedures and resource information
are read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Panel removal procedures are recorded for technical report.
4.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
4.2
Tools, measuring and realignment equipment appropriate to
the tasks are selected.
Body panel replacement and realignment procedures and
resource information are read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Body panel replacement and realignment procedures are
recorded for technical report.
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
VBN681 Remove & realign body
panels
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 272
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
5
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
5.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
5.3
5.4
5.5
6
Prepare a technical
report
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
6.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle body panels and construction.
 Body panel removal, dismantling, assembly and replacement procedures.
 Body panel measuring and alignment procedures.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle may include:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Heavy
 Constructed vehicle such as team project.
Tasks may include:
 Removing, dismantling and assembly of vehicle body
panels.
 Replacement and realignment of body panels to a
vehicle.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
Safety (OHS) may include:
Preparation of a technical report.
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
VBN681 Remove & realign body
panels
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 273
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Vehicle body panel measuring and realignment equipment
and tools appropriate to the tasks.
Sealants and cleaning agents.
Personal protective equipment may That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
include:
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
Information and procedures may
removal, dismantling, assembly, replacement and
include:
realignment of vehicle body panels.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures
 Types of body panels and construction
 Removal, dismantling and assembly procedures

Replacement and realignment procedures
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct procedures for the removal, dismantling,
assembly, replacement and realignment of body panels
to a vehicle.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
VBN681 Remove & realign body
panels
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 274
VBN681 Remove & realign body panels
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle
 Measuring and alignment equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN681 Remove & realign body
panels
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 275
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
Unit Descriptor
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out a basic repair to a vehicle
body panel.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
and use abrasives, body filler, hot shrink and metal finishing
procedures, maintain work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
VBN 678 Maintain Vehicle Body Hand Tools
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the completion of a minor panel
repair.
Employability skills
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
minor panel repair
tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Tools, measuring equipment, power equipment and vehicle
body panels are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, power equipment,
body filler materials and vehicle/body panels.
Identification of the type of information/manuals or
textbooks required is determined by reviewing task
requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 276
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 277
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
2
Carry out panel
repair
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Panel beating and heat shrink tools and equipment
appropriate to the tasks are selected.
Body filling materials appropriate to tasks are selected.
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
3
Carry out metal
finishing
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Metal finishing materials, equipment and tools appropriate
to the tasks are selected.
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.3
3.4
3.5
4
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Panel repair procedures are recorded for technical report.
3.6
Metal finishing tasks and procedures are recorded for
technical report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
4.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.5
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 278
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
5
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Technical information, vehicle body/panel specifications.
 Types and use of abrasives.
 Types and use of body fillers.
 Basic filler repairs
 Basic panel repairs including heat shrink.
 Metal finish.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Panel beating equipment and
materials may include:
Body panels with minor damage from vehicles such as:
 Passenger motor vehicle
 Light commercial
 Heavy vehicle.
Tasks may include:
 Selection of vehicle body panel for minor repair.
 Selection of panel beating, body filling and metal
finishing tools and equipment appropriate to repair
tasks.
 Repair tasks.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 279
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Panel beating, body filling and metal finishing tools and
equipment appropriate to the repair tasks.
Metal finishing abrasives, cleaning agents and body filler.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection, safety
footwear and respirator/face mask.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to vehicle
body panel repair procedures.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Identification of panel beating, hot shrink and metal
finishing tools and equipment.
 Panel beating repair tasks and procedures.

Metal finishing tasks and procedures.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Selection and safe use of panel beating and body
filling tools and equipment appropriate to the repair
tasks.
 Correct panel repair and body filling procedures.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 280
VBN682 Carry out basic panel repair
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Panel repair, body filling and metal finishing tools and
equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN682 Carry out basic panel
repair
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 281
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to set up vehicle body alignment
equipment.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types push/pull equipment, select and correctly use measurement
tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare a technical
report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the selection and setting up of vehicle
body alignment equipment.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Vehicle body push/pull equipment, tools, measuring
equipment and vehicle are identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle body push/pull
equipment, tools, measuring equipment and vehicle.
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, textbooks are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
vehicle body alignment
equipment set up tasks
VBN683 Set up body alignment
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 282
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
2
3
4
Set up vehicle body
and panel push/pull
equipment
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Push/pull equipment, measuring tools, equipment and
vehicle/panels appropriate to the tasks are selected.
2.3
Vehicle body alignment and measuring equipment set up
procedures and resource information are read, interpreted
and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Push/pull equipment type and set up procedures are
recorded for technical report.
3.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
3.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
3.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
3.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
4.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
4.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle body push/pull equipment.
 Push/pull equipment set up procedures.
 Types of measuring tools and equipment.
 Body measurement procedures.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
VBN683 Set up body alignment
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 283
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle body alignment equipment
may include:
Tasks may include:
 Push/pull equipment.

Measuring tools and equipment.
 The selection and setting up of vehicle body alignment
and measuring equipment.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.

Safety (OHS) may include:
Preparation of a technical report.
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Vehicle body push/pull equipment, measuring tools and
equipment appropriate to the tasks.
Vehicle/panels.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
setting up of vehicle body push/pull equipment and
vehicle body measurement.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Types of vehicle body push/pull equipment
 Vehicle body push/pull equipment set up procedures

Types of measuring tools and equipment.
VBN683 Set up body alignment
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 284
VBN683 Set up body alignment equipment
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct procedures for the setting up of vehicle body
push/pull equipment.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle/body panels
 Vehicle body push/pull equipment
 Measuring tools and equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN683 Set up body alignment
equipment
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 285
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to repair a plastic component.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of automotive plastic components, weld procedures, select
and correctly use tools, maintain work area and prepare a technical
report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in plastic repair techniques.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
plastic component
repair tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Tools and plastic component repair weld/equipment are
identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, plastic component
repair weld/equipment and materials.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
identified and determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
VBN684 Repair a plastic
component
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 286
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
2
Repair plastic
component
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
3.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
3.4
3.5
Prepare a technical
report
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Plastic component type and repair procedures are recorded
for technical report.
3.1
3.3
4
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Tools and equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
4.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
4.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of plastic components and construction
 Plastic weld techniques
 Plastic repair procedures
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
VBN684 Repair a plastic
component
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 287
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
situations that may affect performance.
Plastic components may include:
 Body panels
 Bumper surround
 Trim.
Tasks may include:
 Selection of hand tools and plastic weld equipment.
 Plastic component repair.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Specialised tools and plastic weld equipment appropriate
to repair tasks.
Plastics and cleaning agents.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to plastic
repairs.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Hand tools and weld equipment appropriate to tasks
 Plastic component type and repair procedures

Plastic weld procedures.
VBN684 Repair a plastic
component
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 288
VBN684 Repair a plastic component
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Repairs to plastic components.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Plastic repair equipment such as plastic weld
 Plastic repair hand tools
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN684 Repair a plastic
component
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 289
VBN685 Apply sealants
VBN685 Apply sealants
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to apply sealants to a vehicle body.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of sealants and their application, select and correctly use
tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare a technical
report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the selection and application of the
correct sealant.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
the sealant application
tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Tools, equipment, cleaning materials, sealants, and
vehicle/body panels are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tools, equipment, sealants
and vehicle/body panels.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
VBN685 Apply sealants
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 290
VBN685 Apply sealants
2
3
4
5
Prepare surface areas
for sealant application
Apply sealants
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Tools, equipment and cleaning materials appropriate to the
tasks are selected.
2.3
Sealant application preparation procedures and resource
information are read, interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Surface preparation procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.1
3.2
Tools, equipment and sealants appropriate to the tasks are
selected.
3.3
Sealant application procedures and resource information
are read, interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Sealant application procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
4.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
5.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
VBN685 Apply sealants
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 291
VBN685 Apply sealants
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle body sealants and their use.
 Surface preparation and sealant application procedures.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle may include:
Vehicle body:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Team project
Tasks may include:
 Selection of sealant/s.
 Preparation of surface areas.
 Application of sealant.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include: Sealant applicators appropriate to the tasks.
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Sealants, abrasives, cleaning agents/solvents.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety
footwear.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
application of sealants.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
VBN685 Apply sealants
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 292
VBN685 Apply sealants
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Types of sealants and their application
 Surface preparation

Sealant application procedures.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct procedures for the preparation of surfaces and
the application of sealants to a vehicle.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle body panels, fittings
 Sealants
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN685 Apply sealants
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 293
VBN685 Apply sealants
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN685 Apply sealants
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 294
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to maintain and test a vehicle paint spray
gun.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of spray guns, their purpose and construction, maintain work
area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the maintenance and testing of a spray
gun.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Spray gun, airline equipment, tools and cleaning materials
are identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle paint spray gun,
air line equipment, spray area and spray gun maintenance
equipment and cleaning bay.
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the maintenance and
testing of a vehicle
paint spray gun
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray
gun
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 295
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
2
3
4
5
Dismantle, clean and
assemble a spray gun
Test spray gun
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
2.1
Maintenance instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method and precautions.
2.2
Spray gun and tools appropriate to the task are selected.
2.3
Maintenance instructions and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to spray gun or
equipment.
2.7
Condition of parts, seals and washers is reported.
2.8
Maintenance activities are recorded for a technical report.
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Spray gun is connected to air line, determine and set
compressor air pressure.
3.3
Fluid flow and spray pattern are adjusted.
3.4
Task instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.6
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.7
Task is performed without causing damage to spray gun or
equipment.
3.8
Test procedure and air pressure setting are recorded for a
technical report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Spray gun and air-line equipment is decommissioned,
cleaned and stored in accordance with workshop
requirements.
4.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
5.1
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray
gun
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 296
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
including method and report format.
report
5.2
5.3
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types and purpose of vehicle painting spray guns.
 Construction and function of spray guns
 Spray gun maintenance procedures
 Spray gun and air-line equipment connection procedures
 Compressor air pressure determination/calculation
 Spray gun operating settings and test procedures
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Spray gun equipment may
include:
Spray gun equipment to include:
 Vehicle painting spray gun.
 Compressor/air line/regulator.
 Spray booth and fume extraction.
Tasks may include:
 Identifying vehicle painting spray guns, construction
and purpose.
 Correct spray gun maintenance in accordance with the
appropriate product instructions and text resources.
 Determining and setting compressor air pressure.
 Correct setting adjustment and test of spray gun.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report on the maintenance
and correct use of a spray gun including safety
precautions.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray
gun
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 297
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
 Spray gun and air-line equipment.
 Paint spray area with fume extraction.
 Cleaning bay.
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Technical report that includes:
 Solvents
 Paint
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection, safety
footwear and respirator/face mask.
 Identification of spray gun type and construction
 Spray gun maintenance requirements
 Air line equipment and spray gun connection and
pressure setting

Test procedure including fluid flow adjustment and
spray pattern
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identify appropriate spray gun and air-line equipment
resource information and manufacturer’s
specifications.
 Read, interpret and apply maintenance resource text to
guide task/work.
 Maintain spray guns.
 Determine and set compressor air pressure.
 Use spray gun.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray
gun
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 298
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray gun
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle paint spray gun and air-line equipment
 Paint spray area and fume extraction
 Cleaning bay
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN686 Maintain & test a spray
gun
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 299
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to prepare surfaces and apply masking
materials to selected body panels in preparation for paint
application.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of masking materials used in vehicle painting, select and
correctly use tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare
a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the preparation of a surface and the
application of masking materials.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to
demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills
and knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
the application of
masking materials to
selected body panels
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Tools, equipment, masking materials, cleaning materials
and vehicle/body panels are identified
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to masking materials, tools,
and equipment and vehicle/body panels.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks are accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Tools, equipment and masking material requirements are
recorded for technical report.
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply
masking materials
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 300
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
2
3
4
Prepare surfaces for
masking material
application
Apply masking
materials to selected
body panels
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
1.6
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.7
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the
tasks are selected.
2.3
Maintenance instructions and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to tools or
equipment.
2.7
Prepared surfaces are cleaned free from contaminants.
2.8
Preparation activities are recorded for a technical report.
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Masking materials are selected appropriate to the task.
3.3
Task instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Application procedures are recorded for a technical report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
4.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply
masking materials
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 301
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
5
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks or a technical report.
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of masking materials used in vehicle painting.
 Surface preparation for application of masking materials.
 Masking material application procedures
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Materials may include:
Variety of masking materials as used in vehicle painting.
Tasks may include:
 Preparation of selected body panels for the application
of masking materials.
 Application of masking materials.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Masking material cutters and dispensers.
Masking materials and surface cleaners.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply
masking materials
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 302
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
correct preparation of a surface and the application of
masking materials.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Identification of tools and equipment requirements
 Identification of types of masking materials used in
vehicle painting

Procedure used to prepare surfaces and apply
masking materials to body panels.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct preparation of a body panel surface for masking
material application.
 Selection and application of masking materials.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply
masking materials
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 303
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply masking materials
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Masking materials
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN687 Prepare surface & apply
masking materials
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 304
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to prepare a surface and prime a repaired
vehicle body.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of automotive abrasives, removal of protective waxes and
surface contaminants, feather paint edges, apply filler, correctly
use of tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
VBN686 Maintain and test a spray gun
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the feather edging of a repaired paint
surface and the selection and application of filler and automotive
primers to a vehicle body panel.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
the priming tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
Spray gun equipment, tools, brushes, materials such as
automotive abrasives, filler, primers and vehicle body
panels are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle paint spray gun,
air line equipment, spray area and cleaning bay.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 305
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
1.5
1.6
2
Remove protective
waxes and surface
contaminants
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
3
Remove paint by
emulsion type
material
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the
task are selected.
Maintenance instructions and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to tools or
equipment.
Procedures are recorded for a technical report.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the task
are selected.
Maintenance instructions and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to tools or
equipment.
Procedures are recorded for a technical report.
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 306
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
4
Feather paint edge of
repaired or scratched
area
4.1
4.7
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the task
are selected.
Maintenance instructions and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task is performed without causing damage to tools or
equipment.
Prepared surface is cleaned free from contaminants.
4.8
Procedures are recorded for a technical report.
5.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
5.2
Filler is selected appropriate to the task.
5.3
Task instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Filler application procedures are recorded for technical
report.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
5
Apply filler to
repaired area
5.4
5.5
5.6
6
Apply primer/s to
repaired area
6.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
6.2
Primers are selected appropriate to the task such as etch
primer and primer surfacer.
Task instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
6.3
6.4
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 307
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
7
8
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
6.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
6.6
Primer application procedure are recorded for a technical
report.
7.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
7.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
7.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
7.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
7.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
8.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
8.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
8.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of and use of abrasives and grades of sandpaper
 Safety precautions – use of air and electric sanders
 Wet and dry procedures
 Surface preparation procedures

Procedures for the paint feather edging and precautions
 Types of filler and primers and their use
 Filler application procedures
 Primer application procedures
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 308
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle body panels may include:
Repaired body panel from:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Team project
Tasks may include:
 Surface preparation.
 Feather edging a repaired or scratched surface.
 Selection and application of filler.
 Selection and application of primers.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS0 may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Wet and dry tools/equipment, spray gun equipment,
abrasives, sanding discs, preparation and spray area with
fume extraction.
 Emulsion materials

Filler such as thermoplastic

Primers such as etch primer and primer surfacer

Solvents
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection, safety
footwear and respirator/face mask.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
correct procedures for the preparation of a repaired
body panel surface and the application of filler and
primers.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Identification of automotive abrasives, tools and
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 309
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
Technical report that includes:
equipment
 Surface preparation procedures
 Paint feather-edging procedure
 Type of filler used and method of application
 Type of primers used and method of application.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Prepare panel surface including protective wax and
paint removal.
 Paint feather edging of a repaired panel.
 Selection and use of filler.
 Selection and application of a primers including etch
primer and primer surface.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle body panels
 Spray gun equipment
 Spray area and fume extraction
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 310
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime a repaired body panel
 Panel preparation area and fume extraction
 Sanding/wet and dry equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN688 Prepare surface & prime
a repaired body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 311
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to apply paint to a vehicle body panel.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, select
paint from a colour code, tint and mix paint, select and correctly
use tools and equipment, maintain work area and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
VBN686
Maintain & Test a Spray Gun
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the selection and application of
vehicle paint to a body panel.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
the application of
paint to a vehicle body
panel
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Teacher/supervisor instructions are used to determine the
task requirements, including paint type, colour, quality and
quantity.
Spray gun and air-line equipment, paint mix, tint equipment
and vehicle body panels are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle paint spray gun,
air line equipment, paint mix and tint equipment/area,
vehicle spray area and bake/drying oven as appropriate.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 312
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
1.6
1.7
2
Select topcoat from
vehicle colour codes
2.1
2.2
Paint colour codes are read, interpreted and applied.
2.3
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Paint selection procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
2.4
2.5
3
Tint and mix paint
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
Apply top coat
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the task
are selected such as colour mixing/tinting bank, paint mixing
scales, paint container and label.
Paint tinting/mixing procedures and resource information
are read, interpreted and applied.
The environment for paint mixing/tinting conforms to
requirements for extraction of fumes and cleanliness.
Paint is mixed to formula.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Paint tint/mixing procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
Materials, hand tools and equipment appropriate to the task
are selected.
Paint procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
The environment for paint application conforms to
requirements for extraction of fumes and cleanliness.
Strain and spray test pattern, adjust spray gun.
Paint is applied and dried in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 313
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
4.8
4.9
5
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
5.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
5.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
5.3
5.4
5.5
6
Prepare a technical
report
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Paint application procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
6.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
6.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
6.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Use of vehicle colour codes.
 Paint tinting and mixing procedures.
 Spray gun strain and spray test pattern procedures
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle body panels may include:
Selection of vehicle body panels:
 Passenger motor vehicle
 Light commercial
 Heavy vehicle
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 314
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
 Construct vehicle such as team project.
Tasks may include:
 The selection of paint colour, tinting, mixing and top
coat application to a body panel.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Materials may include:
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Paint tinting and mixing equipment, paint mixing scales,
spray gun equipment, paint mixing area and spray painting
area with fume extraction.
Vehicle paint and vehicle body panel/s
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection, safety
footwear and respirator/face mask.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
selection of paint colour, tinting, mixing and correct
application of vehicle paint.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Technical report that includes:
 Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Paint colour selection using colour codes
 Paint tinting and mixing

Top coat application.
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 315
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Selection of paint colour by using vehicle colour codes.
 Correct tinting and mixing of paint.
 Correct top coat application to a vehicle body.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Paint tinting and mixing equipment
 Paint scales
 Spray gun equipment
 Paint mixing area
 Spray painting area and fume extraction
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 316
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to body panel
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN689 Apply vehicle paint to
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 317
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to cut and polish a painted vehicle body
panel.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of vehicle paint surfaces, maintain work area and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the identification, testing and finishing
of painted surfaces.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Paint testing equipment, paint cutting and polishing
tools/equipment, cutting compounds, polishing materials and
vehicle/body panels are identified.
1.2
Safe work area (paint finishing area), within a workshop, is
identified to include suitable workbench and access to paint
cutting and polishing tools, equipment, materials and
vehicle/body panels.
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
Prepare for and plan
paint cutting and
polishing tasks
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 318
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
2
Identify old and new
paint surface
blemishes
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
Cut and polish a
painted body panel
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including paint cutting and polishing procedures.
3.2
Hand and machine compound materials, polishing materials
hand tools and equipment appropriate to the task are
selected.
3.3
Paint finishing procedures and resource information are
read, interpreted and applied.
Paint is finished in accordance with manufacturer’s
specifications.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Cut and polish procedures are recorded for a technical
report.
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
4
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
4.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.5
5
Prepare a technical
report
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including paint testing procedures.
Tools and paint testing equipment appropriate to the task
are selected.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Paint identification and testing procedures are recorded for a
technical report.
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
5.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 319
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle paints and testing techniques
 Cutting and polishing equipment and materials
 Cutting and polishing procedures
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Vehicle body panels refers to panels
from:
 Passenger motor vehicle
 Light commercial
 Heavy vehicle
 Construct vehicle such as formula SAE, Go-Kart
Tasks may include:
 Identification and testing of painted surfaces
 Cutting and polishing painted body panel
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Cleaning, cutting and polishing tools and buffing
equipment.
Materials may include:
Vehicle paint cutting and polishing materials.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 320
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
correct procedures for the cutting and polishing of oxy
acetyl.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.

Technical report that includes:
Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Identification and testing of vehicle paints

Paint cutting and polishing procedures.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct procedure for the identification and testing of
painted surfaces.
 Correct procedures for the finishing of painted surfaces
including cutting and polishing.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 321
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted body panel
 Paint finishing materials appropriate to the task
 Paint finishing area
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN690 Cut & polish a painted
body panel
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 322
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out basic vehicle trimming
procedures using a variety of techniques and materials.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of trimming materials, select materials, maintain work area
and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedures, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the application of basic vehicle trim
procedures.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
vehicle trimming tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Vehicle trimming equipment, tools, materials and
vehicle/components/fittings are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle trimming tools,
measuring, sewing, adhesive, fastening and cutting
equipment, materials and vehicle/components/fittings.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
VBN691 Carry out automotive
trimming skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 323
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
2
Carry out trimming
tasks
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
2.6
Vehicle trimming tools and equipment appropriate to the
tasks are selected.
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Tasks/s procedures are recorded for a technical report.
3.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
3.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
3.3
3.4
3.5
4
Prepare a technical
report
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
4.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
4.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of trim materials and their use.
 Material marking-out and cutting procedures.
 Basic trim procedures (stretching, hard/machine sewing, adhesive/stud application,
cleaning/presentation).
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
VBN691 Carry out automotive
trimming skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 324
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
Vehicle/trim refers to:
Tasks may include:
Vehicle may include:
 Passenger
 Light commercial
 Construct vehicle, i.e. Team project
 Marine.
Procedures may include:
 Material measuring and cutting
 Material stretching
 Adhesive application
 Stud/fastener application
 Hand and machine sewing
 Trim cleaning/presentation.
 Material selection
 Performing basic trimming skill procedures.
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.x
Tools and equipment may include:
 Sewing machine
 Material cutters, templates
 Adhesive applicator
 Trim tools
 Measuring and cutting instruments.
Materials may include:
 Fabric
 Canvas
 Leather
 Plastic, vinyl
 Rubber
 Adhesives
 Studs/fasteners
Personal protective equipment
may include:
 Thread (cotton/leather)
 Cleaning agents.
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
VBN691 Carry out automotive
trimming skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 325
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
Information and procedures may
include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to vehicle
trim operations/procedures.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and
operations/maintenance procedures.
 Identification of vehicle trimming materials.
Technical report that includes:
 Identification of tools and equipment used
 Identification of vehicle trimming procedures/tasks
completed including marking out, cutting,
hand/machine sewing, adhesive application,
stud/fastener application and cleaning.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct and safe performance of basic vehicle trimming
procedures.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through work
placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
VBN691 Carry out automotive
trimming skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 326
VBN691 Carry out automotive trimming skill procedures
 Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle trimming equipment and materials
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of this
competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN691 Carry out automotive
trimming skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 327
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to maintain vehicle body repair and/or
body making hand tools.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
hand tools, their purpose and construction, perform blade angle
measurements and calculations, maintain work area and prepare a
technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the maintenance of body repair and
body making hand tools.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Hand tools, maintenance equipment and measuring
instruments are identified.
1.2
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to tool maintenance
equipment and cleaning bay.
1.3
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
1.4
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the supervision.
Prepare for and plan
the maintenance of
hand tool tasks
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 328
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 329
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
2
3
4
2.1
Carry out
maintenance of vehicle
body hand tools
2.2
Perform hand tool
blade angle
measurement and
calculations
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Maintenance instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method and precautions.
Hand tools, maintenance equipment and measuring
instruments appropriate to the task are selected.
2.3
Maintenance instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.6
Task is performed without causing damage to hand tools or
equipment.
2.7
Hand tools selected and maintenance procedures are
recorded for technical report.
3.1
Teacher/supervisor’s instructions are used to determine task
requirements including method and precautions.
3.2
Hand tools appropriate to the task are selected such as
screwdrivers and cold chisels.
3.3
Maintenance instructions and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
3.4
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
3.5
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
3.6
Task is performed without causing damage to hand tools or
equipment.
3.7
Measurements and calculations are recorded for technical
report.
4.1
Hand tools, maintenance equipment and measuring
instruments are stored in accordance with workshop
requirements.
4.2
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
4.3
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
4.4
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 330
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
5
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of vehicle body repair and/or body making hand tools.
 Construction and function of vehicle body repair and/or body making hand tools.
 Hand tool maintenance procedures
 Hand tool blade angle measurement and calculation techniques, i.e. screwdriver, cold chisel.
 Workshop safety policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Hand tools
Vehicle body hand tools applicable to:

Vehicle body repair

Vehicle body making
Hand tools include:

Screwdrivers

Cold chisels

Rasps/Files (for steel, aluminium, plastic, fillers)

Body repair/making hammers

Dollies

Spoons

Shaping blocks

Spanners, sockets and wrenches
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 331
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
Tasks may include:
Safety (OHS) may include:

Identifying vehicle body repair and body making hand tools
their construction and purpose.

Correct hand tool maintenance in accordance with the
appropriate product instructions and text resources.

Performing hand tool blade angle measurements and
calculations.

Performing clean up tasks including work area.

Preparation of a technical report on types of body repair/body
making hand tools and their correct maintenance and safety
precautions.

legislation, material safety management systems, hazardous
substances and dangerous goods code.

Work carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual
handling procedures, organisation policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may
include:
Automotive body repair and body making hand tools and
maintenance equipment such as bench grinders, cleaning bay.
Materials may include:
Lubricating and cleaning fluids.
Personal protective
equipment may include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and workshop
policies and practices with specific reference to protective
clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and safety footwear.
Information and
procedures may include:
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to the
maintenance of hand tools and the correct use of
maintenance equipment.
 Task/work instructions including methods, precautions and
order of operation.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication
Technical report that
includes:
 Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
 Vehicle body hand tools selected
 Maintenance equipment and measuring instruments
 Maintenance procedures
 Hand tool blade angle measurements and calculations.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 332
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identify appropriate hand tool, maintenance
equipment, measuring instruments, resource
information and manufacturer’s specifications.
 Read, interpret and apply maintenance resource text to
guide task/work.
 Maintain body repair and/or body making hand tools.
 Perform hand tool blade angles measurements and
calculations
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare a technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Vehicle body repair and body making hand tools
 Hand tool maintenance equipment
 Cleaning bay
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN678 Maintain vehicle body
repair/making hand tools
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 333
VBN693 Carry out body making skills procedures
VBN693 Carry out body making skill procedures
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out basic automotive body
making skill procedures.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the tasks,
identify types of body making materials, tools equipment and their
application, maintain work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
Employability skills
VBN 678
Maintain vehicle body repair/making hand tools
VBN 646
Set-up and use welding equipment
VBN 645
Set up and use oxy acetylene equipment
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this
unit is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in carrying out basic body making skill
procedures.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential
outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
body making tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
Tools, equipment such as metal and plastic welding,
cutting, forming, fastening and finishing equipment and body
making materials are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to vehicle body making tools
and equipment including plastic/metal welding, metal
cutting, forming fastening and finishing equipment.
Type of information/manuals or textbooks required is
determined by reviewing task requirements.
Required information/manuals, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
VBN693 Carry out body making
skills procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 334
VBN693 Carry out body making skills procedures
1.5
1.6
2
Mark-out and cut
material
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Tools, equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
2.3
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Rask procedures are recorded for a technical report.
2.4
2.5
2.6
3
Complete body
making tasks
3.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
3.2
Tools, equipment appropriate to the tasks are selected.
3.3
3.6
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
Task procedures are recorded for a technical report.
4.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
4.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and reported.
3.4
3.5
4
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
4.3
4.4
4.5
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
VBN693 Carry out body making
skills procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 335
VBN693 Carry out body making skills procedures
5
Prepare a technical
report
5.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
5.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
-
5.3
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of automotive body making materials.
 Types of body making hand tools and their use
 Types of body making equipment and their use
 Body making materials and their use
 Marking out and cutting procedures including flame and mechanical.
 Fabrication procedures including metal/plastic forming and shaping
 Fastening procedures including welding, soldering, brazing, riveting and bonding.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Body making procedures may
include:
 Marking and cutting out (oxy acetylene and
mechanical)
 Metal forming and fabrication
 Metal fastening (welding, soldering, riveting,
nuts/screws, bonding).
Tasks may include:
 Selection and use of body making hand tools and
equipment.
 Material selection
 Performing basic automotive body making skill
procedures
 Performing clean up tasks including work area.
 Preparation of a technical report.
VBN693 Carry out body making
skills procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 336
VBN693 Carry out body making skills procedures
Safety (OHS) may include:
 OHS legislation, material safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods code.
 Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures, organisation
policies and procedures.
Tools and equipment may include:
Specialised tools and equipment appropriate to metal
fabrication:
 Marking cutting
 Metal forming/fabrication
 Metal fastening.
Materials may include:
 Steel sheet, section, rod
 Aluminium sheet, section, rod
 Fasteners (rivets, nuts/screws)
 Welding rods/fluxes/gases
 Adhesives
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection, safety
footwear and respirator/face mask.
 Workshop procedures and practices relating to
automotive body making skills/procedures.
 Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
 Manufacturer’s specifications and procedures.
Technical report that includes:
 Identification and application of automotive body
making materials.
 Identification of body making tools and equipment
appropriate to tasks.
 Body making tasks and procedures:
-
Marking and cutting out
-
Metal/plastic forming and fabrication
-
metal/plastic fastening (welding, soldering,
riveting, nuts/screws, bonding).
VBN693 Carry out body making
skills procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 337
VBN693 Carry out body making skills procedures
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Identification of body making tools, equipment,
materials and their uses.
 Metal/plastic marking out and cutting (oxy acetylene,
mechanical).
 Metal/plastic forming and fabrication.
 Metal/plastic fastening (welding, soldering, riveting
and bonding, nuts/screws).
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop or through
work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Body making tools and equipment
 Welding and heating equipment
as identified in the Range Statement.
VBN693 Carry out body making
skills procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 338
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
Unit Descriptor
This unit forms part of the competency bank designed to prepare
students for a career in the automotive industry.
It covers the competency to carry out basic automotive machining
procedures using a variety of engineering machines.
It also requires the student to prepare for and plan the task, identify
types of automotive engineering machines, their function, maintain
work area and prepare a technical report.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Pre-requisite Unit(s)
AURT225667A Use and maintain measuring equipment
Employability skills
The qualification’s Employability Skills Summary in which this unit
is included will assist in identifying employability skills
requirements.
Application of the
Unit
This unit applies to individuals wishing to attain foundation skills,
knowledge and attributes required to prepare for work in the
automotive industry.
This unit requires individuals to demonstrate the ability to follow
directed procedure, display problem solving skills and some
discretion and judgement in the selection and operation of
automotive engineering machines.
ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a unit of
competency.
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
1
1.1
Prepare for and plan
machining tasks
1.2
1.3
1.4
Automotive engineering tooling and machines such as
cutting, grinding, turning and shaping are identified.
Safe work area, within a workshop, is identified to include
suitable workbench and access to automotive engineering
machines and tooling such as cutting, grinding, turning and
shaping.
Type of manufacturing information, engineering drawings,
operating procedures or textbooks required is determined by
reviewing task requirements.
Required manufacturing information, engineering
drawings, operating procedures, textbooks is accessed in
consultation with the supervisor.
VBN694 Carry out automotive
machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 339
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
2
3
4
Carry out machining
tasks
Clean up work area
and maintain
equipment
Prepare a technical
report
1.5
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are determined prior to
commencement of the task.
1.6
Task preparation and planning requirements are performed
safely in consultation with the teacher/supervisor.
2.1
Instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and precautions.
2.2
Machines appropriate to the tasks are selected.
2.3
Selected machine/s are set-up to carry out tasks including
the fitting of jigs, fixtures, templates, vices, clamps, machine
tools and guides.
2.4
Machine speed, feed and coolant flow are set and adjusted
as appropriate to tasks.
2.5
Machine tool is prepared such as using a grinding machine
to obtain the correct face angles and finish as appropriate to
tasks.
2.6
Component/material is secured to machine.
2.7
Task procedures and resource information are read,
interpreted and applied.
2.8
Workshop health and safety requirements, including manual
handling, equipment safety and hazardous materials and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
performance.
2.9
Task requirements and demonstrations are performed safely
under supervision.
2.10
Task/s procedures are recorded for a technical report.
3.1
Material that can be re-used is collected and stored.
3.2
Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance
with workshop requirements.
3.3
Unserviceable tools and equipment are tagged and stored.
3.4
Waste and scrap is removed following workshop, safety and
environmental requirements.
3.5
Work area is cleaned in accordance with workshop, safety
and environmental requirements.
4.1
Work instructions are used to determine task requirements
including method and report format.
4.2
Task specifications and resource materials are read and
interpreted.
4.3
Information is gathered from tasks for a technical report.
VBN694 Carry out automotive
machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 340
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level, required for this unit.
 Types of automotive engineering machines and their use.
 Machine set up and operational procedures.
 Tool sharpening procedures.
 Grinding wheel testing and dressing.
 Measuring instrument types and application.
 Workshop safety and environmental policies and procedures.
 Work area clean up and maintenance requirements.
 Technical report requirements and formatting.
RANGE STATEMENT
The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Machines may include:
Tasks may include:
Safety (OHS) may include:
Tools and equipment may include:

Specialist automotive grinding, reboring and honing

Drilling (bench and pedestal)

Lathe (screw cutting)

Milling

Grinding (bench, surface, cylindrical)

Shaping.

Selection of automotive engineering machines.

Machine set-up and operation.

Performing clean up tasks including work area.

Preparation of a technical report.

OHS legislation, material safety management
systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods
code.

Work carried out in accordance with legislative
obligations, environmental legislation, relevant
health regulations, manual handling procedures,
organisation policies and procedures.
 Fixtures and jigs
 Templates
 Vices and clamps
 Measuring instruments
 Hand tools.
VBN694 Carry out automotive
machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 341
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
Materials may include:
 Vehicle engines
 Steel rod/plate
 Non ferrous rod/plate (aluminium, brass)
 Cast iron/aluminium
 Plastics.
Personal protective equipment
may include:
Information and procedures may
include:
Technical report that includes:
That prescribed under legislation, regulations and
workshop policies and practices with specific reference to
protective clothing, safety glasses, ear protection and
safety footwear.
Workshop procedures and practices relating to machining
operations/procedures.
Task/work instructions including methods, precautions
and order of operation.
Workshop procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Manufacturer’s specifications and operations/maintenance
procedures.
 Identification and function of machines appropriate to
tasks
 Machine set up procedures
 Machine tool preparation

Machine task procedures.
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria,
Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment section in Section B of the accreditation
submission.
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this
unit
 Interpret task/work order, locate and apply relevant
information.
 Apply safe handling requirements for equipment,
products and materials, including use of personal
protective equipment.
 Correct set up of machine and machine tooling for
task requirements.
 Correct and safe operation of automotive engineering
machines appropriate to tasks.
 Maintain the work area.
 Prepare technical report.
VBN694 Carry out automotive
machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 342
VBN694 Carry out automotive machining skill procedures
Context of and specific resources
for assessment
Assessment may be conducted in a suitably equipped
educational environment within the following criteria:
 The underpinning knowledge may be assessed
separately.
 Practical tasks and basic skills to be assessed in a
suitably equipped automotive workshop - "in house"
or through work placement.
 This unit of competency must be achieved under
assessor/teacher supervision.
 Underpinning skills assessment to be integrated within
knowledge and task performance assessments.
Access to suitable equipped automotive workshop with:
 Automotive engineering machines
 Materials
as identified in the Range Statement.
Method of assessment
Assessment methods must confirm the requirements of
this competency unit through:
 Direct observation of practical work performed.
 Confirmation of successful completion of reporting
requirements relating to standard and content.
 Questioning of underpinning knowledge by written or
oral testing.
VBN694 Carry out automotive
machining skill procedures
© State of Victoria
November 2009
Page 343
22015VIC Certificate II in Automotive Studies (Prevocational)
APPENDICES
Appendix 1
Employability skills qualification summary
Appendix 2
Credit transfer: VBN units to AUR05 Automotive RS&R Training Package units
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 340
Appendix 1
Employability skills qualification summary
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 341
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 342
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 343
Appendix 6
Credit Transfer of VBN Units to AUR05 Automotive RS&R Training
Package Units
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 344
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 345
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 346
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 347
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 348
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 349
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 350
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 351
© State of Victoria November 2009
Page 352